FILE NO. A06-010
Revised : Mar. 2007
SERVICE MANUAL/INTEGRATION
AIR-CONDITIONER
SPLIT TYPE
INDOOR UNIT
<DIGITAL INVERTER>
RAV-SM563UT-E
RAV-SM803UT-E
RAV-SM562BT-E
RAV-SM802BT-E
RAV-SM562CT-E
RAV-SM802CT-E
RAV-SM1103UT-E RAV-SM1102BT-E RAV-SM1102CT-E
RAV-SM1403UT-E RAV-SM1402BT-E RAV-SM1402CT-E
<SUPER DIGITAL INVERTER>
RAV-SP1102UT-E
OUTDOOR UNIT
<DIGITAL INVERTER>
RAV-SM563AT-E RAV-SM803AT-E RAV-SM1103AT-E RAV-SM1403AT-E
<SUPER DIGITAL INVERTER>
RAV-SP562AT-E RAV-SP802AT-E RAV-SP1102AT-E RAV-SP1402AT-E
R410A
PRINTED IN JAPAN, Mar.,2007 ToMo
7. REFRIGERANT R410A .............................................................................. 51
7-1. Safety During Installation/Servicing ............................................................... 51
7-2. Refrigerant Piping Installation....................................................................... 51
7-3. Tools .................................................................................................................. 55
7-4. Recharging of Refrigerant................................................................................ 55
7-5. Brazing of Pipes................................................................................................ 56
7-6. Instructions for Re-use Piping of R22 or R407C ............................................ 58
8. CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM ................................................................... 61
8-1. Indoor Control Circuit....................................................................................... 61
8-2. Control Specifications...................................................................................... 62
8-3. Indoor Print Circuit Board ................................................................................ 70
9. CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS ............. 71
9-1. Indoor Control Circuit....................................................................................... 71
9-2. Outdoor Controls .............................................................................................. 71
10. TROUBLESHOOTING............................................................................... 80
10-1. Summary ofTroubleshooting........................................................................... 80
10-2. Check Code List................................................................................................ 82
10-3. Error Mode Detected by LED on Outdoor P.C. Board .................................... 85
10-4. Troubleshooting Procedure for Each Check Code......................................... 86
11. REPLACEMENT OF SERVICE INDOOR P.C. BOARD .......................... 102
12. SETUP AT LOCAL SITE AND OTHERS ................................................ 106
12-1. Indoor Unit....................................................................................................... 106
12-2. Setup at Local Site / Others ........................................................................... 113
12-3. How to set up central control address number............................................ 115
13. ADDRESS SETUP .................................................................................. 116
13-1. Address Setup ................................................................................................ 116
13-2. Address Setup & Group Control.................................................................... 117
13-3. Address Setup ................................................................................................ 118
14. DETACHMENTS..................................................................................... 120
14-1. Indoor Unit...................................................................................................... 120
14-2. Outdoor Unit.................................................................................................... 134
15. EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST ................................................. 159
15-1. Indoor Unit....................................................................................................... 159
15-2. Outdoor Unit.................................................................................................... 173
15-3. Replacement of Main Parts (Sold Separately).............................................. 181
16. CORD HEATER INSTALLATION WORK ................................................ 183
16-1. Required parts for installation work (Recommendation) ............................ 183
16-2. Base Plate ....................................................................................................... 192
– 3 –
SAFETY CAUTION
The important contents concerned to the safety are described on the product itself and on this Service Manual.
Please read this Service Manual after understanding the described items thoroughly in the following contents
(Indications/Illustrated marks), and keep them.
[Explanation of indications]
Indication
Explanation
Indicates contents assumed that an imminent danger causing a death or serious injury of
the repair engineers and the third parties when an incorrect work has been executed.
DANGER
Indicates possibilities assumed that a danger causing a death or serious injury of the
repair engineers, the third parties, and the users due to troubles of the product after work
when an incorrect work has been executed.
WARNING
CAUTION
Indicates contents assumed that an injury or property damage (∗) may be caused on the
repair engineers, the third parties, and the users due to troubles of the product after work
when an incorrect work has been executed.
∗ Property damage : Enlarged damage concerned to property, furniture, and domestic animal/pet
[Explanation of illustrated marks]
Mark
Explanation
Indicates prohibited items (Forbidden items to do)
The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete prohibited contents.
Indicates mandatory items (Compulsory items to do)
The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete mandatory contents.
Indicates cautions (Including danger/warning)
The sentences or illustration near or in an illustrated mark describe the concrete cautious contents.
[Confirmation of warning label on the main unit]
Confirm that labels are indicated on the specified positions
(Refer to the Parts disassembly diagram (Outdoor unit).)
If removing the label during parts replace, stick it as the original.
DANGER
Turn “OFF” the breaker before removing the front panel and cabinet, otherwise an electric
shock is caused by high voltage resulted in a death or injury.
During operation, a high voltage with 400V or higher of circuit (∗) at secondary circuit of the high-
voltage transformer is applied.
If touching a high voltage with the naked hands or body, an electric shock is caused even if using an
electric insulator.
Turn off breaker.
∗ : For details, refer to the electric wiring diagram.
When removing the front panel or cabinet, execute short-circuit and discharge between high-
voltage capacitor terminals.
If discharge is not executed, an electric shock is caused by high voltage resulted in a death or injury.
After turning off the breaker, high voltage also keeps to apply to the high-voltage capacitor.
Execute discharge
between terminals.
Do not turn on the breaker under condition that the front panel and cabinet are removed.
An electric shock is caused by high voltage resulted in a death or injury.
Prohibition
– 4 –
WARNING
Before troubleshooting or repair work, check the earth wire is connected to the earth
terminals of the main unit, otherwise an electric shock is caused when a leak occurs.
If the earth wire is not correctly connected, contact an electric engineer for rework.
Check earth wires.
Do not modify the products.
Do not also disassemble or modify the parts. It may cause a fire, electric shock or injury.
Prohibition of modification.
For spare parts, use those specified (∗).
If unspecified parts are used, a fire or electric shock may be caused.
∗: For details, refer to the parts list.
Use specified parts.
Before troubleshooting or repair work, do not bring a third party (a child, etc.) except
the repair engineers close to the equipment.
It causes an injury with tools or disassembled parts.
Do not bring a child
close to the equipment.
Please inform the users so that the third party (a child, etc.) does not approach the equipment.
Connect the cut-off lead cables with crimp contact, etc, put the closed end side
upward and then apply a water-cut method, otherwise a leak or production of fire is
caused at the users’ side.
Insulating measures
When repairing the refrigerating cycle, take the following measures.
1) Be attentive to fire around the cycle. When using a gas stove, etc, be sure to put out fire
before work; otherwise the oil mixed with refrigerant gas may catch fire.
2) Do not use a welder in the closed room. When using it without ventilation, carbon
monoxide poisoning may be caused.
No fire
3) Do not bring inflammables close to the refrigerant cycle, otherwise fire of the welder may
catch the inflammables.
Check the used refrigerant name and use tools and materials of the parts which
match with it.
For the products which use R410A refrigerant, the refrigerant name is indicated at a
position on the outdoor unit where is easy to see. To prevent miss-charging, the route of the
service port is changed from one of the former R22.
For an air conditioner which uses R410A, never use other refrigerant than R410A.
For an air conditioner which uses other refrigerant (R22, etc.), never use R410A.
If different types of refrigerant are mixed, abnormal high pressure generates in the refriger-
ating cycle and an injury due to breakage may be caused.
Do not charge refrigerant additionally.
If charging refrigerant additionally when refrigerant gas leaks, the refrigerant composition in
the refrigerating cycle changes resulted in change of air conditioner characteristics or
refrigerant over the specified standard amount is charged and an abnormal high pressure is
applied to the inside of the refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of breakage or injury.
Therefore if the refrigerant gas leaks, recover the refrigerant in the air conditioner, execute
vacuuming, and then newly recharge the specified amount of liquid refrigerant. In this time,
never charge the refrigerant over the specified amount.
Refrigerant
When recharging the refrigerant in the refrigerating cycle, do not mix the refrigerant
or air other than R410A into the specified refrigerant.
If air or others is mixed with the refrigerant, abnormal high pressure generates in the
refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of injury due to breakage.
After installation work, check the refrigerant gas does not leak.
If the refrigerant gas leaks in the room, poisonous gas generates when gas touches to fire
such as fan heater, stove or cocking stove though the refrigerant gas itself is innocuous.
Never recover the refrigerant into the outdoor unit.
When the equipment is moved or repaired, be sure to recover the refrigerant with recover-
ing device. The refrigerant cannot be recovered in the outdoor unit; otherwise a serious
accident such as breakage or injury is caused.
After repair work, surely assemble the disassembled parts, and connect and lead the
removed cables as before. Perform the work so that the cabinet or panel does not
catch the inner cables.
If incorrect assembly or incorrect cable connection was done, a disaster such as a leak or
fire is caused at user’s side.
Assembly/Cabling
– 5 –
WARNING
After the work has finished, be sure to use an insulation tester set (500V mugger) to
check the resistance is 2MΩ or more between the charge section and the non-charge
metal section (Earth position).
If the resistance value is low, a disaster such as a leak or electric shock is caused at user’s
side.
Insulator check
Ventilation
When the refrigerant gas leaks during work, execute ventilation.
If the refrigerant gas touches to a fire, poisonous gas generates. A case of leakage of the
refrigerant and the closed room full with gas is dangerous because a shortage of oxygen
occurs. Be sure to execute ventilation.
When checking the circuit inevitably under condition of the power-ON, use rubber
gloves and others not to touch to the charging section.
If touching to the charging section, an electric shock may be caused.
Be attentive to
electric shock
When the refrigerant gas leaks, find up the leaked position and repair it surely.
If the leaked position cannot be found up and the repair work is interrupted, pump-down
and tighten the service valve, otherwise the refrigerant gas may leak into the room.
The poisonous gas generates when gas touches to fire such as fan heater, stove or cocking
stove though the refrigerant gas itself is innocuous.
When installing equipment which includes a large amount of charged refrigerant such
as a multi air conditioner in a sub-room, it is necessary that the density does not the
limit even if the refrigerant leaks.
Compulsion
If the refrigerant leaks and exceeds the limit density, an accident of shortage of oxygen is
caused.
For the installation/moving/reinstallation work, follow to the Installation Manual.
If an incorrect installation is done, a trouble of the refrigerating cycle, water leak, electric
shock or fire is caused.
After repair work has finished, check there is no trouble.
If check is not executed, a fire, electric shock or injury may be caused. For a check, turn off
the power breaker.
After repair work (installation of front panel and cabinet) has finished, execute a test
run to check there is no generation of smoke or abnormal sound.
Check after rerair
If check is not executed, a fire or an electric shock is caused. Before test run, install the
front panel and cabinet.
Check the following items after reinstallation.
1) The earth wire is correctly connected.
2) The power cord is not caught in the product.
3) There is no inclination or unsteadiness and the installation is stable.
If check is not executed, a fire, an electric shock or an injury is caused.
Check after reinstallation
CAUTION
Be sure to put on gloves (∗) during repair work.
If not putting on gloves, an injury may be caused with the parts, etc.
(∗) Heavy gloves such as work gloves
Put on gloves
Cooling check
When the power was turned on, start to work after the equipment has been
sufficiently cooled.
As temperature of the compressor pipes and others became high due to cooling/heating
operation, a burn may be caused.
– 6 –
• New Refrigerant (R410A)
This air conditioner adopts a new HFC type refrigerant (R410A) which does not deplete the ozone layer.
1. Safety Caution Concerned to New Refrigerant
The pressure of R410A is high 1.6 times of that of the former refrigerant (R22). Accompanied with change of
refrigerant, the refrigerating oil has been also changed.Therefore, be sure that water, dust, the former
refrigerant or the former refrigerating oil is not mixed into the refrigerating cycle of the air conditioner with
new refrigerant during installation work or service work. If an incorrect work or incorrect service is per-
formed, there is a possibility to cause a serious accident. Use the tools and materials exclusive to R410A to
purpose a safe work.
2. Cautions on Installation/Service
1) Do not mix the other refrigerant or refrigerating oil.
For the tools exclusive to R410A, shapes of all the joints including the service port differ from those of the
former refrigerant in order to prevent mixture of them.
2) As the use pressure of the new refrigerant is high, use material thickness of the pipe and tools which are
specified for R410A.
3) In the installation time, use clean pipe materials and work with great attention so that water and others do
not mix in because pipes are affected by impurities such as water, oxide scales, oil, etc. Use the clean
pipes.
Be sure to brazing with flowing nitrogen gas. (Never use gas other than nitrogen gas.)
4) For the earth protection, use a vacuum pump for air purge.
5) R410A refrigerant is azeotropic mixture type refrigerant.Therefore use liquid type to charge the refriger-
ant. (If using gas for charging, composition of the refrigerant changes and then characteristics of the air
conditioner change.)
3. Pipe Materials
For the refrigerant pipes, copper pipe and joints are mainly used. It is necessary to select the most appropri-
ate pipes to conform to the standard. Use clean material in which impurities adhere inside of pipe or joint to a
minimum.
1) Copper pipe
<Piping>
The pipe thickness, flare finishing size, flare nut and others differ according to a refrigerant type.
When us#ing a long copper pipe for R410A, it is recommended to select “Copper or copper-base pipe
without seam” and one with bonded oil amount 40mg/10m or less. Also do not use crushed, deformed,
discolored (especially inside) pipes. (Impurities cause clogging of expansion valves and capillary tubes.)
<Flare nut>
Use the flare nuts which are attached to the air conditioner unit.
2) Joint
The flare joint and socket joint are used for joints of the copper pipe. The joints are rarely used for installa-
tion of the air conditioner. However clear impurities when using them.
– 7 –
4. Tools
1. Required Tools for R410A
Mixing of different types of oil may cause a trouble such as generation of sludge, clogging of capillary,
etc. Accordingly, the tools to be used are classified into the following three types.
1) Tools exclusive for R410A (Those which cannot be used for conventional refrigerant (R22))
2) Tools exclusive for R410A, but can be also used for conventional refrigerant (R22)
3) Tools commonly used for R410A and for conventional refrigerant (R22)
The table below shows the tools exclusive for R410A and their interchangeability.
Tools exclusive for R410A (The following tools for R410A are required.)
Tools whose specifications are changed for R410A and their interchangeability
R410A
air conditioner installation
Conventional air
conditioner installation
No.
Used tool
Usage
Existence of
new equipment tional equipment
for R410A
Whether conven-
Whether conventional
equipment can be used
can be used
Flare tool
Pipe flaring
Flaring by conventional
Yes
*(Note 1)
Yes
*(Note 1)
No
‚
Copper pipe gauge for
adjusting projection margin flare tool
Yes
Yes
*(Note 1)
No
Torque wrench
Connection of flare nut
ƒ
„
ꢀ
†
Gauge manifold
Charge hose
Evacuating, refrigerant
charge, run check, etc.
Yes
No
No
Vacuum pump adapter
Vacuum evacuating
Refrigerant charge
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Electronic balance for
refrigerant charging
Yes
‡
Refrigerant cylinder
Leakage detector
Charging cylinder
Refrigerant charge
Gas leakage check
Refrigerant charge
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
ˆ
‰
Š
(Note 2)
(Note 1) When flaring is carried out for R410A using the conventional flare tools, adjustment of projec-
tion margin is necessary. For this adjustment, a copper pipe gauge, etc. are necessary.
(Note 2) Charging cylinder for R410A is being currently developed.
General tools (Conventional tools can be used.)
In addition to the above exclusive tools, the following equipments which serve also for R22 are necessary
as the general tools.
1) Vacuum pump
7) Screwdriver (+, –)
8) Spanner or Monkey wrench
9) Hole core drill
Use vacuum pump by
attaching vacuum pump adapter.
2) Torque wrench
3) Pipe cutter
4) Reamer
10) Hexagon wrench (Opposite side 4mm)
11) Tape measure
12) Metal saw
5) Pipe bender
6) Level vial
Also prepare the following equipments for other installation method and run check.
1) Clamp meter
2) Thermometer
3) IInsulation resistance tester
4) Electroscope
– 8 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
1. SPECIFICATIONS
1-1. Indoor Unit
1-1-1. 4-Way Air Discharge CassetteType
<Digital Inverter>
Indoor unit
RAV-
RAV-
(kW)
(kW)
SM563UT-E
SM563AT-E
5.3
SM803UT-E
SM803AT-E
6.7
SM1103UT-E SM1403UT-E
Model
Outdoor unit
SM1103AT-E
10.0
SM1403AT-E
12.1
Cooling capacity
Heating capacity
Power supply
5.6
8.0
11.2
14.0
1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz
Running current
(A)
7.89 – 7.24
10.11 – 9.26
14.42 – 13.21
7.67 – 16.19
Power consumption (kW)
1.65
2.09
3.11
98
3.77
97
Power factor
EER
(%)
95
3.21
A
94
Cooling
(W/W)
3.21
3.22
A
3.21
A
Energy efficiency class *
Energy rating **
A
4.5
4.0
4.5
4.0
Electrical
characteristics
Running current
(A)
6.89 – 6.32
1.44
95
10.69 – 9.80
14.38 – 13.18 18.18 – 16.67
Power consumption (kW)
2.21
94
3.10
98
3.88
97
Power factor
COP
(%)
Heating
(W/W)
3.89
A
3.62
A
3.61
A
3.61
A
Energy efficiency class *
Energy rating **
6.0
4.5
5.0
4.0
Main unit
Zinc hot dipping steel plate
RBC-U21PG (W)-E2
Appearance
Model
Ceiling panel
(Sold separately)
Panel color
Moon-white (Muncel 2.5GY 9.0/0.5)
Height
Width
Depth
Height
Width
Depth
(mm)
256
840
840
35
256
840
840
35
319
840
840
35
319
840
840
35
Main unit
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(kg)
Outer
dimension
Ceiling panel
(Sold separately)
950
950
21
950
950
22
950
950
26
950
950
26
Main unit
Total weight
Ceiling panel (Sold separately)
(kg)
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
Heat exchanger
Finned tube
Fan
Turbo fan
Turbo fan
Turbo fan
Turbo fan
Fan unit
Standard air flow H/M/L
Motor
(m³/min) 17.5/13.9/12.1 20.0/15.7/13.6 28.0/22.0/18.0 34.0/25.0/20.0
(W)
60
60
TCB-LF1601UE2, UFM1601UE, UFH1601UE
RBC-AMT31E, AS21E2, TCB-SC642TLE2, AX21U(W)-E2
90
90
Air filter
Controller (Sold separately)
Connecting pipe
Gas side
Liquid side
Drain port
H/M/L
(mm)
(mm)
12.7
6.4
15.9
9.5
15.9
9.5
15.9
9.5
(mm)
VP25
Sound pressure level
Sound power level
(dB•A)
(dB•A)
32/29/27
47/44/42
37/31/28
52/46/43
39/36/33
54/51/48
47/38/34
62/53/49
H/M/L
* : IEC standard, ** : AS standard
– 9 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
<Super Digital Inverter>
Indoor unit
RAV-
RAV-
(kW)
(kW)
SM563UT-E
SP562AT-E
5.3
SM803UT-E
SP802AT-E
7.1
SP1102UT-E
SP1102AT-E
10.0
SM1403UT-E
SP1402AT-E
12.5
Model
Outdoor unit
Cooling capacity
Heating capacity
Power supply
5.6
8.0
11.2
14.0
1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz
Running current
(A)
7.17 – 6.57
8.95 – 8.21
11.24 – 10.31 16.51 – 15.14
Power consumption (kW)
1.53
1.93
2.40
97
3.56
98
Power factor
EER
(%)
97
98
Cooling
(W/W)
3.46
3.68
4.17
A
3.51
A
Energy efficiency class *
Energy rating **
A
A
—
—
—
—
Electrical
characteristics
Running current
(A)
5.62 – 5.15
9.42 – 8.63
12.28 – 11.25 16.60 – 15.22
Power consumption (kW)
1.20
97
2.03
98
2.62
97
3.58
98
Power factor
COP
(%)
Heating
(W/W)
4.67
A
3.94
A
4.27
A
3.91
A
Energy efficiency class *
Energy rating **
—
—
—
—
Main unit
Zinc hot dipping steel plate
RBC-U21PG (W)-E2
Appearance
Ceiling panel
Model
(Sold separately)
Panel color
Moon-white (Muncel 2.5GY 9.0/0.5)
Height
Width
Depth
Height
Width
Depth
(mm)
256
840
840
35
256
840
840
35
319
840
840
35
319
840
840
35
Main unit
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(kg)
Outer
dimension
Ceiling panel
950
950
21
950
950
22
950
950
26
950
950
26
(Sold separately)
Main unit
Total weight
Ceiling panel (Sold separately)
(kg)
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
Heat exchanger
Fan unit
Finned tube
Fan
Turbo fan
Turbo fan
Turbo fan
Turbo fan
Standard air flow H/M/L
Motor
(m³/min) 17.5/13.9/12.1 20.0/15.7/13.6 28.0/22.0/18.0 33.0/25.0/20.0
(W)
60
60
TCB-LF1601UE2, UFM1601UE, UFH1601UE
RBC-AMT31E, AS21E2, TCB-SC642TLE2, AX21U (W)-E2
90
90
Air filter
Controller (Sold separately)
Gas side
Liquid side
Drain port
H/M/L
(mm)
(mm)
12.7
6.4
15.9
9.5
15.9
9.5
15.9
9.5
Connecting pipe
(mm)
VP25
Sound pressure level
Sound power level
(dB•A)
(dB•A)
32/29/27
47/44/42
37/31/28
52/46/43
39/36/33
54/51/48
42/38/34
57/53/49
H/M/L
* : IEC standard, ** : AS standard
– 10 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
1-1-2. Concealed DuctType
<Digital Inverter>
Indoor unit
RAV-
RAV-
(kW)
(kW)
SM562BT-E
SM563AT-E
5.0
SM802BT-E
SM803AT-E
7.1
SM1102BT-E SM1402BT-E
Model
Outdoor unit
SM1103AT-E
10.0
SM1403AT-E
12.5
Cooling capacity
Heating capacity
Power supply
5.6
8.0
11.2
14.0
1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz
12.23 – 11.21 16.50 – 15.10 20.70 – 19.00
Running current
(A)
8.52 – 7.81
Power consumption (kW)
1.78
95
2.53
94
3.56
98
4.42
97
Power factor
EER
(%)
Cooling
(W/W)
2.81
C
2.81
C
2.81
C
2.83
C
Energy efficiency class *
Energy rating **
3.0
3.0
3.5
3.0
Electrical
characteristics
Running current
(A)
8.18 – 7.50
1.71
95
11.65 – 10.68 14.56 – 13.35 18.88 – 17.31
Power consumption (kW)
2.41
94
3.14
98
4.03
97
Power factor
COP
(%)
Heating
(W/W)
3.27
C
3.32
C
3.57
B
3.47
B
Energy efficiency class *
Energy rating **
3.0
3.5
5.0
4.0
Main unit
Zinc hot dipping steel plate
Appearance
Model
—
—
Ceiling panel
(Sold separately)
Panel color
Height
Width
Depth
Height
Width
Depth
(mm)
320
700
800
—
320
1000
800
—
320
1350
800
—
320
1350
800
—
Main unit
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(kg)
Outer
dimension
Ceiling panel
(Sold separately)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Main unit
30
39
54
54
Total weight
Ceiling panel (Sold separately)
(kg)
—
—
—
—
Heat exchanger
Finned tube
Fan
Centrifugal
Centrifugal
Centrifugal
Centrifugal
Fan unit
Air filter
Standard air flow H/M/L
Motor
(m³/min) 13.0/11.9/9.8 19.0/16.2/13.3 27.0/23.0/18.9 33.0/28.0/23.1
(W)
120
120
120
120
UFM11BFCE
UFM31BE
UFH51BFCE
UFM21BFCE
UFM21BE
UFM61BE
UFM41BE
UFH61BFCE
UFH81BE
TCB-
UFM71BE
Controller (Sold separately)
Connecting pipe
RBC-AMT31E, AS21E2, TCB-SC642TLE2, AX21E2
Gas side
Liquid side
Drain port
H/M/L
(mm)
(mm)
12.7
6.4
15.9
9.5
15.9
9.5
15.9
9.5
(mm)
VP25
Sound pressure level
Sound power level
(dB•A)
(dB•A)
40/37/33
55/52/48
40/37/34
55/52/49
42/39/36
57/54/51
44/41/38
59/56/53
H/M/L
* : IEC standard, ** : AS standard
– 11 –
<Super Digital Inverter>
Indoor unit
RAV-
RAV-
(kW)
(kW)
SM562BT-E
SP562AT-E
5.0
SM802BT-E
SP802AT-E
7.1
SM1102BT-E SM1402BT-E
Model
Outdoor unit
SP1102AT-E
10.0
SP1402AT-E
12.5
Cooling capacity
Heating capacity
Power supply
5.6
8.0
11.2
14.0
1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz
Running current
(A)
6.51 – 5.97
9.74 – 8.93
11.72 – 10.74 18.09 – 16.58
Power consumption (kW)
1.39
2.10
2.50
97
3.90
98
Power factor
EER
(%)
97
98
Cooling
(W/W)
3.60
3.38
4.00
A
3.21
A
Energy efficiency class *
Energy rating **
A
A
—
—
—
—
Electrical
characteristics
Running current
(A)
7.26 – 6.66
9.74 – 8.93
11.72 – 10.74 16.70 – 15.31
Power consumption (kW)
1.55
97
2.10
98
2.50
97
3.60
98
Power factor
COP
(%)
Heating
(W/W)
3.61
A
3.81
A
4.48
A
3.89
A
Energy efficiency class *
Energy rating **
—
—
—
—
Main unit
Zinc hot dipping steel plate
Appearance
Model
—
—
Ceiling panel
(Sold separately)
Panel color
Height
Width
Depth
Height
Width
Depth
(mm)
320
700
800
—
320
1000
800
—
320
1350
800
—
320
1350
800
—
Main unit
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(kg)
Outer
dimension
Ceiling panel
(Sold separately)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Main unit
30
39
54
54
Total weight
Ceiling panel (Sold separately)
(kg)
—
—
—
—
Heat exchanger
Finned tube
Fan
Centrifugal
Centrifugal
Centrifugal
Centrifugal
Fan unit
Air filter
Standard air flow H/M/L
Motor
(m³/min) 13.0/11.9/9.8 19.0/16.2/13.3 27.0/23.0/18.9 33.0/28.0/23.1
(W)
120
120
120
120
UFM11BFCE
UFM31BE
UFH51BFCE
UFM21BFCE
UFM21BE
UFM61BE
UFM 41BE
UFH61BFCE
UFH 81BE
TCB-
UFM71BE
Controller (Sold separately)
Connecting pipe
RBC-AMT31E, AS21E2, TCB-SC642TLE2, AX21E2
Gas side
Liquid side
Drain port
H/M/L
(mm)
(mm)
12.7
6.4
15.9
9.5
15.9
9.5
15.9
9.5
(mm)
VP25
Sound pressure level
Sound power level
(dB•A)
(dB•A)
40/37/33
55/52/48
40/37/34
55/52/49
42/39/36
57/54/51
44/41/38
59/56/53
H/M/L
* : IEC standard, ** : AS standard
– 12 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
1-1-3. Under CeilingType
<Digital Inverter>
Indoor unit
RAV-
RAV-
(kW)
(kW)
SM562CT-E
SM563AT-E
5.0
SM802CT-E
SM803AT-E
7.0
SM1102CT-E SM1402CT-E
Model
Outdoor unit
SM1103AT-E
10.0
SM1403AT-E
12.3
Cooling capacity
Heating capacity
Power supply
5.6
8.0
11.2
14.0
1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz
12.23 – 11.21 16.20 – 14.90 21.18 – 19.40
Running current
(A)
8.71 – 7.98
Power consumption (kW)
1.82
2.53
94
3.51
98
4.52
97
Power factor
EER
(%)
95
2.75
D
Cooling
(W/W)
2.77
D
2.85
C
2.72
D
Energy efficiency class *
Energy rating **
2.5
2.5
3.0
2.5
Electrical
characteristics
Running current
(A)
7.85 – 7.19
1.64
95
11.94 – 10.95 14.84 – 13.61 19.40 – 17.78
Power consumption (kW)
2.47
94
3.20
98
4.14
97
Power factor
COP
(%)
Heating
(W/W)
3.41
B
3.24
C
3.50
B
3.38
C
Energy efficiency class *
Energy rating **
4.0
4.0
5.0
3.5
Main unit
Shine white
Appearance
Ceiling panel
Model
—
—
(Sold separately)
Panel color
Height
Width
Depth
Height
Width
Depth
(mm)
210
910
680
—
210
1180
680
—
210
1595
680
—
210
1595
680
—
Main unit
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(kg)
Outer
dimension
Ceiling panel
(Sold separately)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Main unit
21
25
33
33
Total weight
Ceiling panel (Sold separately)
(kg)
—
—
—
—
Heat exchanger
Fan unit
Finned tube
Fan
Centrifugal
Centrifugal
Centrifugal
Centrifugal
Standard air flow H/M/L
Motor
(m³/min) 13.0/11.2/10.0 18.5/16.7/14.6 27.5/24.0/21.2 30.0/26.0/23.1
(W)
60
60
Attached main unit
RBC-AMT31E, AS21E2, TCB-SC642TLE2, AX21E2
120
120
Air filter
Controller (Sold separately)
Connecting pipe
Gas side
Liquid side
Drain port
H/M/L
(mm)
(mm)
12.7
6.4
15.9
9.5
15.9
9.5
15.9
9.5
(mm)
VP25
Sound pressure level
Sound power level
(dB•A)
(dB•A)
36/33/30
51/48/45
38/36/33
53/51/48
41/38/35
56/53/50
43/40/37
58/55/52
H/M/L
* : IEC standard, ** : AS standard
– 13 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
<Super Digital Inverter>
Indoor unit
RAV-
RAV-
(kW)
(kW)
SM562CT-E
SP562AT-E
5.0
SM802CT-E
SP802AT-E
7.1
SM1102CT-E SM1402CT-E
Model
Outdoor unit
SP1102AT-E
10.0
SP1402AT-E
12.5
Cooling capacity
Heating capacity
Power supply
5.6
8.0
11.2
14.0
1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz
Running current
(A)
6.61 – 6.06
9.74 – 8.93
11.24 – 10.31 18.09 – 16.58
Power consumption (kW)
1.41
2.10
2.40
97
3.90
98
Power factor
EER
(%)
97
98
Cooling
(W/W)
3.55
3.38
4.17
A
3.21
A
Energy efficiency class *
Energy rating **
A
A
—
—
—
—
Electrical
characteristics
Running current
(A)
7.03 – 6.44
10.20 – 9.35
11.72 – 10.74 17.39 – 15.94
Power consumption (kW)
1.50
97
2.20
98
2.50
97
3.75
98
Power factor
COP
(%)
Heating
(W/W)
3.73
A
3.64
A
4.48
A
3.73
A
Energy efficiency class *
Energy rating **
—
—
—
—
Main unit
Shine white
Appearance
Ceiling panel
Model
—
—
(Sold separately)
Panel color
Height
Width
Depth
Height
Width
Depth
(mm)
210
910
680
—
210
1180
680
—
210
1595
680
—
210
1595
680
—
Main unit
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(kg)
Outer
dimension
Ceiling panel
—
—
—
—
(Sold separately)
—
—
—
—
Main unit
21
25
33
33
Total weight
Ceiling panel (Sold separately)
(kg)
—
—
—
—
Heat exchanger
Fan unit
Finned tube
Fan
Centrifugal
Centrifugal
Centrifugal
Centrifugal
Standard air flow H/M/L
Motor
(m³/min) 13.0/11.2/10.0 18.5/16.7/14.6 27.5/24.0/21.2 30.0/26.0/23.1
(W)
60
60
Attached main unit
RBC-AMT31E, AS21E2, TCB-SC642TLE2, AX21E2
120
120
Air filter
Controller (Sold separately)
Gas side
Liquid side
Drain port
H/M/L
(mm)
(mm)
12.7
6.4
15.9
9.5
15.9
9.5
15.9
9.5
Connecting pipe
(mm)
VP25
Sound pressure level
Sound power level
(dB•A)
(dB•A)
36/33/30
51/48/45
38/36/33
53/51/48
41/38/35
56/53/50
43/40/37
58/55/52
H/M/L
* : IEC standard, ** : AS standard
– 14 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
1-1-4. TwinType
<Digital Inverter>
Type
4-Way Air Cassette
Concealed Duct
Under Ceiling
Indoor unit 1
RAV- SM563UT-E SM803UT-E SM562BT-E SM802BT-E SM562CT-E SM802CT-E
RAV- SM563UT-E SM803UT-E SM562BT-E SM802BT-E SM562CT-E SM802CT-E
RAV- SM1103AT-E SM1403AT-E SM1103AT-E SM1403AT-E SM1103AT-E SM1403AT-E
Model
Indoor unit 2
Outdoor unit
Cooling capacity
Heating capacity
(kW)
(kW)
10.0
11.2
12.5
14.0
10.0
11.2
12.5
14.0
10.0
11.2
12.3
14.0
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Power supply
1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz
(A) 14.40–13.20 19.17–17.57 16.51–15.14 20.71–18.99 16.28–14.92 21.18–19.42
Running current
Power consumption (kW)
3.11
98
4.09
97
3.56
98
4.42
97
3.51
98
4.52
97
Cooling Power factor
EER
(%)
(W/W)
3.22
A
3.06
B
2.81
C
2.83
C
2.85
C
2.72
D
Energy efficiency class *
Running current
Electrical
characteristics
(A) 14.40–13.20 18.74–17.18 14.56–13.35 18.88–17.31 14.84–13.61 19.40–7.78
Power consumption (kW)
3.10
98
4.00
97
3.14
98
4.03
97
3.20
98
4.14
97
Heating Power factor
COP
(%)
(W/W)
3.61
3.50
3.57
B
3.47
B
3.50
B
3.38
C
Energy efficiency class *
A
B
Fan
Turbo fan
Turbo fan
Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal
Standard
air flow
17.5/
13.9/12.1
20.0/
15.7/13.6
13.0/
11.9/9.8
19.0/
16.2/13.3
13.0/
11.2/10.0
18.5/
16.7/14.6
Fan unit
H/M/L
(m³/min)
Motor
(W)
(dB•A)
(dB•A)
60
60
120
120
60
60
Sound pressure level
Sound power level
Outdoor unit
H/M/L
H/M/L
32/29/27
47/44/42
34/31/28
49/46/43
40/37/33
55/52/48
40/37/34
55/52/49
36/33/30
51/48/45
38/36/33
53/51/48
Outdoor unit
1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz (Power exclusive to outdoor is required.)
Power supply
Standard length
(m)
(m)
(m)
7.5
5.0
50
7.5
5.0
50
7.5
5.0
50
7.5
5.0
50
7.5
5.0
50
7.5
5.0
50
Min. length
Inter
connecting
pipes
Max. total length
Over 30m
40g/m (31m to 50m)
Outdoor lower (m)
Outdoor high (m)
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
Height
difference
Fan
Propeller fan
Fan unit
Standard air flow high
Motor
(m³/min)
(W)
75
100
75
100
75
100
75
100
75
100
75
100
Main
Gas side
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(dB•A)
(dB•A)
15.9
12.7
9.5
15.9
12.7
9.5
15.9
12.7
9.5
15.9
15.9
9.5
15.9
12.7
9.5
15.9
15.9
9.5
Sub
Connecting
pipe
Main
Liquid side
Sub
6.4
6.4
6.4
9.5
6.4
9.5
Sound pressure level
Sound power level
Cooling/Heating
Cooling/Heating
53/54
70/71
53/54
70/71
53/54
70/71
53/54
70/71
53/54
70/71
53/54
70/71
* : IEC standard
– 15 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
<Super Digital Inverter>
Type
4-Way Air Cassette
Concealed Duct
Under Ceiling
Indoor unit 1
Model
RAV- SM563UT-E SM803UT-E SM562BT-E SM802BT-E SM562CT-E SM802CT-E
RAV- SM563UT-E SM803UT-E SM562BT-E SM802BT-E SM562CT-E SM802CT-E
RAV- SP1102AT-E SP1402AT-E SP1102AT-E SP1402AT-E SP1102AT-E SP1402AT-E
Indoor unit 2
Outdoor unit
Cooling capacity
Heating capacity
Indoor unit
(kW)
(kW)
10.0
11.2
12.5
14.0
10.0
11.2
12.5
14.0
10.0
11.2
12.3
14.0
Indoor unit
Power supply
1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz
(A) 11.24–10.31 16.51–15.14 11.72–10.74 18.09–16.58 11.24–10.31 18.09–16.58
Running current
Power consumption (kW)
2.40
97
3.56
98
2.50
97
3.90
98
2.40
97
3.90
98
Cooling Power factor
EER
(%)
(W/W)
4.17
A
3.51
A
4.00
A
3.21
A
4.17
A
3.21
A
Energy efficiency class *
Running current
Electrical
characteristics
(A) 11.95–10.95 16.60–15.22 11.95–10.95 16.70–15.31 11.95–10.95 17.39–15.94
Power consumption (kW)
2.55
97
3.58
98
2.55
97
3.60
98
2.55
97
3.75
98
Heating Power factor
COP
(%)
(W/W)
4.39
3.91
4.39
A
3.89
A
4.39
A
3.79
A
Energy efficiency class *
A
A
Fan
Turbo fan
Turbo fan
Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal
Standard
air flow
17.5/
13.9/12.1
20.0/
15.7/13.6
13.0/
11.9/9.8
19.0/
16.2/13.3
13.0/
11.2/10.0
18.5/
16.7/14.6
Fan unit
H/M/L
(m³/min)
Motor
(W)
(dB•A)
(dB•A)
60
60
120
120
60
60
Sound pressure level
Sound power level
Outdoor unit
H/M/L
H/M/L
32/29/27
47/44/42
34/31/28
49/46/43
40/37/33
55/52/48
40/37/34
55/52/49
36/33/30
51/48/45
38/36/33
53/51/48
Outdoor unit
1 phase 230V (220 – 240V) 50Hz (Power exclusive to outdoor is required.)
Power supply
Standard length
(m)
(m)
(m)
7.5
5.0
50
7.5
5.0
50
7.5
5.0
50
7.5
5.0
50
7.5
5.0
50
7.5
5.0
50
Min. length
Inter
connecting
pipes
Max. total length
Over 30m
40g/m (31m to 50m)
Outdoor lower (m)
Outdoor high (m)
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
Height
difference
Fan
Propeller fan
Fan unit
Standard air flow high
Motor
(m³/min)
(W)
125
63 + 63
15.9
125
63 + 63
15.9
125
63 + 63
15.9
125
63 + 63
15.9
125
63 + 63
15.9
125
63 + 63
15.9
Main
Gas side
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(dB•A)
(dB•A)
Sub
12.7
15.9
12.7
15.9
12.7
15.9
Connecting
pipe
Main
Liquid side
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
Sub
6.4
9.5
6.4
9.5
6.4
9.5
Sound pressure level
Sound power level
Cooling/Heating
Cooling/Heating
49/51
66/68
53/54
70/71
49/51
66/68
53/54
70/71
49/51
66/68
53/54
70/71
* : IEC standard
– 16 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
1-2. Outdoor Unit
<Digital Inverter>
Model name
Power supply
RAV-
SM563AT-E
SM803AT-E
SM1103AT-E SM1403AT-E
1 phase 230V (220 – 240V)
50Hz (Power exclusive to outdoor is required.)
Type
Hermetic compressor
Compressor
Motor
Pole
(kW)
(kg)
1.1
4
1.6
4
2.5
4
3.0
4
Refrigerant charged
Refrigerant control
1.0
1.7
2.8
2.8
Pulse motor valve
Standard length
Min. length
(m)
(m)
(m)
7.5
5.0
7.5
7.5
5.0
7.5
5.0
5.0
30
Max. total length
30
50
50
Inter connecting pipe
Additional refrigerant charge
under long piping connector
20g/m
40g/m
40g/m
40g/m
(21m to 30m) (21m to 30m) (31m to 50m) (31m to 50m)
Outdoor lower
Height
(m)
(m)
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
difference
Outdoor higher
Height
Width
Depth
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
550
780
290
550
780
290
795
900
320
795
900
320
Outer dimension
Appearance
Total weight
Silky shade (Muncel 1Y8.5/0.5)
(kg)
38
44
77
77
Heat exchanger
Finned tube
Propeller fan
Fan
Fan unit
Standard air flow
Motor
(m³/h)
(W)
40
43
45
43
75
100
75
100
Gas side
Liquid side
(mm)
(mm)
(dB•A)
(dB•A)
(°C)
12.7
6.4
15.9
9.5
15.9
9.5
15.9
9.5
Connecting pipe
Sound pressure level Cooling/Heating
Sound power level Cooling/Heating
46/48
63/65
48/50
65/67
53/54
70/71
54/54
71/71
Outside air temperature, Cooling
Outside air temperature, Heating
43 to –15
15 to –15
(°C)
– 17 –
<Super Digital Inverter>
Model name
RAV-
SP562AT-E
SP802AT-E
SP1102AT-E
SP1402AT-E
1 phase 230V (220 – 240V)
Power supply
50Hz (Power exclusive to outdoor is required.)
Hermetic compressor
Type
Compressor
Motor
Pole
(kW)
(kg)
2.0
4
2.0
4
3.75
4
3.75
4
Refrigerant charged
Refrigerant control
1.5
2.1
2.95
2.95
Pulse motor valve
Standard length
Min. length
(m)
(m)
(m)
7.5
5.0
7.5
7.5
5.0
7.5
5.0
5.0
50
Max. total length
50
70
70
Inter connecting pipe
Additional refrigerant charge
under long piping connector
20g/m
40g/m
40g/m
40g/m
(21m to 50m) (31m to 50m) (31m to 70m) (31m to 70m)
Outdoor lower
Height
(m)
(m)
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
difference
Outdoor higher
Height
Width
Depth
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
795
900
320
795
900
320
1340
900
320
1340
900
320
Outer dimension
Appearance
Total weight
Silky shade (Muncel 1Y8.5/0.5)
(kg)
55
62
95
95
Heat exchanger
Finned tube
Propeller fan
Fan
Fan unit
Standard air flow
Motor
(m³/h)
(W)
57
63
57
63
125
125
63 + 63
15.9
63 + 63
15.9
Gas side
Liquid side
(mm)
(mm)
(dB•A)
(dB•A)
(°C)
12.7
6.4
15.9
9.5
Connecting pipe
9.5
9.5
Sound pressure level Cooling/Heating
Sound power level Cooling/Heating
46/47
63/64
47/49
64/66
49/51
66/68
53/54
70/71
Outside air temperature, Cooling
Outside air temperature, Heating
43 to –15
15 to –15
(°C)
– 18 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
1-3. Operation Characteristic Curve
• Operation characteristic curve <Digital Inverter>
RAV-SM563AT-E, RAV-SM803AT-E
<Cooling>
<Heating>
14
16
14
12
10
8
12
RAV-SM8803AT-E
RAV-SM8803AT-E
10
8
6
RAV-SM5563AT-E
6
RAV-SM5563AT-E
4
4
• Conditions
• Conditions
Indoor : DB27˚C/WB19˚C
Indoor : DB20˚C
Outdoor : DB7˚C/WB6˚C
Air flow : High
Pipe length : 7.5m
230V
Outdoor : DB35˚C
2
2
Air flow : High
Pipe length : 7.5m
230V
0
0
0
0
20
40
60 70 80 90 100
20
40
60
80
100
120
Compressor speed (rps)
Compressor speed (rps)
RAV-SM1103AT-E, RAV-SM1403AT-E
<Cooling>
<Heating>
22
20
22
20
RAV-SM11103AT-E
18
18
RAV-SM1403AT-E
16
16
14
12
10
8
RAV-SM1403AT-E
14
12
10
8
RAV-SM11103AT-E
6
6
• Conditions
• Conditions
Indoor : DB27˚C/WB19˚C
Outdoor : DB35˚C
Air flow : High
Indoor : DB20˚C
4
4
Outdoor : DB7˚C/WB6˚C
Air flow : High
Pipe length : 7.5m
230V
Pipe length : 7.5m
230V
2
2
0
0
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
Compressor speed (rps)
Compressor speed (rps)
– 19 –
• Operation characteristic curve <Super Digital Inverter>
RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E
<Cooling>
<Heating>
14
16
14
12
10
8
12
RAV-SP802AT-E
RAV-SP802AT-E
10
8
RAV-SP562AT-E
6
6
4
RAV-SP562AT-E
4
• Conditions
• Conditions
Indoor : DB27˚C/WB19˚C
Outdoor : DB35˚C
Air flow : High
Indoor : DB20˚C
Outdoor : DB7˚C/WB6˚C
Air flow : High
2
0
2
0
Pipe length : 7.5m
230V
Pipe length : 7.5m
230V
0
20
40 50 60 70 80
100
0
20
40
60 70 80 90 100
Compressor speed (rps)
Compressor speed (rps)
RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E
<Cooling>
<Heating>
22
20
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
RAV-SP1402AT-E
18
RAV-SP1402AT-E
16
14
12
10
8
RAV-SP1102AT-E
RAV-SP1102AT-E
6
4
2
0
6
• Conditions
• Conditions
4
Indoor : DB27˚C/WB19˚C
Outdoor : DB35˚C
Air flow : High
Indoor : DB20˚C
Outdoor : DB7˚C/WB6˚C
Air flow : High
Pipe length : 7.5m
230V
2
Pipe length : 7.5m
230V
0
0
20
40
60
80
0
20
40
60
80
Compressor speed (rps)
Compressor speed (rps)
– 20 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
• Capacity variation ratio according to temperature
RAV-SM563AT-E, RAV-SM803AT-E, RAV-SM1103AT-E, RAV-SM1403AT-E
RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E, RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E
<Cooling>
<Heating>
105
100
95
120
110
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
90
85
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
• Conditions
• Conditions
Indoor : DB20˚C
Indoor air flow : High
Pipe length : 7.5m
Indoor : DB27˚C/WB19˚C
Indoor air flow : High
Pipe length : 7.5m
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
-14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2
0
2
4
6
8
10
Outdoor temp. (˚C)
Outdoor temp. (˚C)
– 21 –
2. AIR DUCTING WORK
2-1. Static Pressure Characteristics of Each Model
RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E, RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E
Fig. 1 RAV-SM562BT-E (Round duct)
Fig. 3 RAV-SM802BT-E (Round duct)
Standard air volume 780m³/h
Standard air volume 1140m³/h
140
120
100
80
140
120
100
80
60
60
40
40
20
20
0
0
500
700
Air volume m³/h
780
900
800
1000
1140 1200
1300
Air volume m³/h
Fig. 2 RAV-SM562BT-E (Square duct)
Fig. 4 RAV-SM802BT-E (Square duct)
Standard air volume 780m³/h
Standard air volume 1140m³/h
140
120
140
120
100
80
108
100
80
60
40
20
0
60
40
20
0
500
700
780
900
800
1000
1140 1200
1300
Air volume m³/h
Air volume m³/h
– 22 –
Fig. 5 RAV-SM1102BT-E (Round duct)
Fig. 7 RAV-SM1402BT-E (Round duct)
Standard air volume 1620m³/h
Standard air volume 1980m³/h
140
120
100
80
140
120
100
80
60
60
40
40
20
0
20
0
1620
1980
1200
2000
1200
1800
2200
2400
Air volume m³/h
Air volume m³/h
Fig. 6 RAV-SM1102BT-E (Square duct)
Fig. 8 RAV-SM1402BT-E (Square duct)
Standard air volume 1620m³/h
Standard air volume 1980m³/h
140
120
100
80
140
120
100
80
60
60
40
40
20
0
20
0
1620
1980
1200
2000
1200
1800
2200
2400
Air volume m³/h
Air volume hm³/h
– 23 –
3. CONSTRUCTION VIEWS (EXTERNAL VIEWS)
3-1. Indoor Unit
3-1-1. 4-Way Air Discharge CassetteType
RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM803UT-E
200
860 to 910 Recommended external size
Check port
(
450)
Check port
450)
(
Standing
850 or less
Surface
under ceiling
Standing
640 or less
30
Cable draw-in port
Surface
under ceiling
Refrigerant pipe
connecting port A
270
250
105
Indoor unit
Drain up standing size
Refrigerant pipe
connecting port B
70
Hanging bolt M10 or W3/8
Procured locally
950 Panel external dimension
790 Hanging bolt pitch
346.5
130
256
88
Electric
parts box
Surface
under ceiling
150
Knockout
for
humidifier
Ceiling
panel
(Sold
separately)
105
Surface
under ceiling
254.5
120 97
35
840 Hanging bolt
480
227
A
B
Z view
SM563
SM803
Ø6.4
Ø9.5
Ø12.7
Ø15.9
Surface under ceiling
Surface under ceiling
– 24 –
RAV-SM1103UT-E, RAV-SM1403UT-E, RAV-SP1102UT-E
860 to 910 Recommended external size
200
Check port
(
450)
A
B
C
D
Check port
450)
SM1103
SM1403
SP1102
Ø9.5 Ø15.9 183
Ø9.5 Ø15.9 183
Ø9.5 Ø15.9 183
319
319
319
(
Standing
850 or less
Standing
640 or less
30
Ceiling bottom surface
Take-in port of pipes
Surface
under ceiling
1 0 5
Drain pipe
connecting port
Refrigerant pipe connecting port
A
Refrigerant pipe connecting port
B
Indoor unit
Drain up standing size
270
250
Knockout square hole
for divide duct
For Ø150
70
130
Hanging bolt
M10 or Ø3/8
(To be procured locally)
860 to 910 Ceiling opening dimension
950 Panel external dimension
790 Hanging bolt pitch
346.5
Ceiling
bottom
surface
D
88
Electric parts box
Ø162
105
Ceiling panel
(sold separately)
C
97
35
Ø162
105
Knockout square
hole for divide duct
for Ø150
254.5
Z
(2 positions)
840 Unit external dimension
480
Ceiling bottom
surface
227
Z view
Surface under ceiling
Ceiling bottom surface
– 25 –
3-1-2. Concealed DuctType
RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E, RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E
Refrigerant pipe connecting port
Drain pipe connecting port
for vinyl chloride pipe
(Inner dia. 32, VP. 25)
(Gas side ØF)
Hanging bolt
4-M10 screw
Discharge port flange
N-Ø200
(Arranged locally)
75
Main unit dimension 800
Hanging bolt pitch B
41
59
Hanging bolt pitch 700
Main unit dimension A
J = M x K
50
638
498
393
H
129
Knock-out hole Ø125
(Air take-in port)
44
49
196
Suction port
flange
(Separate sold)
Refrigerant pipe
connecting port
(Liquid side ØG)
6-Ø4 Tapping screw
undersized hole Ø160
Panel C.L
410
Ø26 Power supply,
remote controller
cable take-out port
C
Suction port
panel
(Separate sold)
Suction port canvas
(Separate sold)
Ceiling open size
470
Ceiling open size D
Panel external
dimension 500
Panel external dimension E
• Dimension
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
M
1
N
2
3
O
RAV-SM562BT
RAV-SM802BT
700
766
690
750
780 12.7
6.4
9.5
252
252
280
580
280
290
410
410
1000 1066
990 1050 1080 15.9
2
RAV-SM1102BT
RAV-SM1402BT
1350 1416 1340 1400 1430 15.9
9.5
252
930
310
3
4
410
Check port A
450
Plane view of main unit
(Pipe side)
NOTE 1 :
For maintenance of the equipment, be sure to install
a check port A at the position as shown below.
100
NOTE 2 :
Using the drain up kit sold separately, drain-up by 300 (mm)
from drain pipe draw-out port of the main unit is necessary.
The drain-up over 300mm or more is impossible.
Discharge side
– 26 –
3-1-3. Under CeilingType
RAV-SM562CT-E, RAV-SM802CT-E, RAV-SM1102CT-E, RAV-SM1402CT-E
Upper pipe draw-out port (Knockout hole)
210
Power supply cable take-in port (Knockout)
Pipe draw-out port (Knockout hole)
128
216
167
105
Remote controller cable take- in port
Drain port VP20
(Inner dia. Ø26, hose attached)
84 (Knockout hole)
110 76
Refrigerant pipe
(Liquid side ØC)
Left drain size
B (Hanging position)
Refrigerant pipe (Gas side ØD)
Drain pipe connecting port
97
75
146
Remote controller cable take- in port
Hanging bolt
Power supply cable take-in port (Knockout hole)
347
262
135
Ceiling surface
Unit
Remote controller cable take- in port
(Knockout hole)
84
A
Outside air take-in port
(Duct sold separately)(Knockout hole Ø92)
Drain left pipe draw-out port (Knockout hole)
Pipe hole on wall (Ø100 hole)
Model name
562CT
802CT
1102CT, 1402CT
A
B
C
D
Wireless sensor
mounting section
910
855 Ø6.4 Ø12.7
1180 1125
1595 1540
Ø9.5 Ø15.9
250 or more
250 or more
– 27 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
3-2. Outdoor Unit
RAV-SM563AT-E, RAV-SM803AT-E
Drain hole
(2-Ø20 × 88 long hole)
Drain hole (Ø25)
600
90
54
2-Ø11-14 U-shape hole
(For Ø8-Ø10 anchor bolts)
A legs
108 125
Connecting pipe port
Gas flare side
RAV-SM563AT-E: Ø12.7
RAV-SM803AT-E: Ø15.9
(
)
Connecting pipe port
Liquid flare side
30
RAV-SM563AT-E: Ø6.4
(
)
RAV-SM803AT-E: Ø9.5
8-Ø6 hole
(For fixing outdoor unit)
B legs
2-Ø11 × L14 long hole
(For Ø8-Ø10 anchor bolts)
483
108
257
157
79
69.5
147
145
143
25
22
31
32
500
71
342
780
Earth
terminal
Charge port
Discharge guard
Discharge guide mounting hole
(4-Ø4.5 embossing)
Space required for service
600
2-Ø11 × 14 U-shape holes
(For Ø8–Ø10 anchor bolt)
Suction port
300
or more
150
or more
Discharge
port
(Minimum
distance up to wall)
500
or more
Discharge
port
2-Ø11 × 14 long hole
(For Ø8–Ø10 anchor bolt)
600
Ø11 × 14 U-shape holes
54
38
2-Ø6 hole
Product
external
line
R15
2-Ø6 hole
R15
600
38
54
Product
external line
Ø11 × 14 U-shape hole
Details of A legs
Details of B legs
– 28 –
RAV-SM1103AT-E, RAV-SM1403AT-E / RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E
Knockout
(For draining) Drain hole (Ø20 × 88 Burring hole)
Drain hole (Ø25 Burring hole)
Installation bolt hole
(Ø12 × 17 U-shape holes)
29
90
191
Suction
port
20
Part B
Suction
port
Details of B part
Details of A part
Knockout
(For draining)
Discharge
port
43
26 60
150
Part A
95
300
900
Installation bolt hole
(Ø12 × 17 U-shape holes)
314
Handles
(Both sides)
Refrigerant pipe connecting port
Flare at liquid side
Ø6.4: RAV-SP562AT-E
(
)
Ø9.5: RAV-SP802AT-E
Refrigerant pipe connecting port
Flare at gas side
Ø12.7: RAV-SP562AT-E
Ø15.9: RAV-SP802AT-E
(
)
2
60 27
96
1
Z
Discharge guide
mounting hole
(4-Ø4 Embossing)
300
307
28
320
Knockout for lower piping
86
7
Z views
Space required for service
2-Ø12 × 17 U-shape holes
(For Ø8–Ø10 Anchor bolt)
600
2
46
Suction port
1
150
or more
150
or more
Discharge
(Minimum
distance up to wall)
port
58
161
27
30
45
1
2
500
Discharge
port
2-Ø12 × 17 long hole
(For Ø8–Ø10 Anchor bolt)
or more
400
– 29 –
RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E
Knockout (Drain)
29
Drain hole (Ø20 x 88)
90
191
20
Suction
port
Drain hole (Ø25)
B legs
A legs
Suction
port
Knockout (Drain)
26
60
Discharge port
43
108
600
900
150
320
Refrigerant pipe
connecting port
(Ø9.5 flare at liquid side)
Refrigerant pipe
connecting port
(Ø15.9 flare at gas side)
28
60
27
27
58
161
z
164
314
300
95
307
400
Discharge guide
mounting port
(8-Ø3 embossing)
Mountig bolt hole
(Ø12 x 17 long hole)
Mountig bolt hole
(Ø12 x 17 U-shape hole)
12
Details of A legs
Details of B legs
7
86
46
Z view
Space required for service
600
2-Ø12 x 17 U-shape holes
(For Ø8–Ø10 anchor bolt)
Suction port
32
45
150
or more
150
Discharge
or more
(Minimum
distance up to wall)
port
500
or more
Discharge
port
2-Ø12 x 17 long hole
(For Ø8–Ø10 anchor bolt)
– 30 –
4. SYSTEMATIC REFRIGERATING CYCLE DIAGRAM
4-1. Indoor Unit/Outdoor Unit
RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM562CT-E / RAV-SM563AT-E
Outer diameter of refrigerant pipe
Indoor unit
Gas side ØA
Liquid side ØB
TCJ
sensor
12.7mm
6.4mm
Air heat exchanger
Height difference (m)
TC sensor
Outdoor unit
at upper side
Outdoor unit
at lower side
30
30
Refrigerant pipe
at gas side
Ø12.7
Refrigerant pipe
at liquid side
Ø6.4
Section shape
of heat insulator
Min.
Max.
30m
5m
Packed valve
Outer dia. ØB
Packed valve
Outer dia. ØA
Outdoor unit
PMV
(Pulse Motor Valve)
(CAM-B30YGTF-2)
TS sensor
TD sensor
TO sensor
2-step muffler
Ø19 .05 × 200L
Strainer
4-way valve
(STF-0108Z)
TE
sensor
Heat exchanger
Ø8 ripple, 2 rows,
14 steps
Muffler
Ø19 × L160
Distributor
FP1.3 flat fin
Rotary compressor
(DA150A1F-20F)
R410A 1.0 kg
Cooling
Heating
Pressure
(MPa) (kg/cm²G)
Pd Ps
Standard 3.50 0.97 35.7
Pipe surface temperature (°C)
Indoor/Outdoor
temp. conditions
(DB/WB) (°C)
Compressor
revolutions per
second (rps)
Indoor
fan
Indoor heat Outdoor heat
Discharge
(TD)
Suction
(TS)
exchanger
(TC)
exchanger
(TE)
Pd
Ps
Indoor Outdoor
*
70
9.9
85
93
48
87
86
69
14
26
7
12
17
5
48
54
30
1
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
27/19
32/24
18/15.5
20/–
35/–
43/–
Cooling
Heating
Overload
Low load
3.90 1.08 39.8 11.0
70
50
97
95
98
1.90 0.70 19.4
7.1
6.2
9.1
2.6
–5/–
Standard 2.31 0.61 13.6
5
40
47
31
7/6
Overload
Low load
2.86 0.89 29.2
1.86 0.25 19.0
17
–14
11
–15
28/–
24/18
–10/(70%)
15/–
4 poles are provided to this compressor.
*
The compressor frequency (Hz) measured with a clamp meter is 2 times of revolutions (rps) of the compressor.
– 31 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
RAV-SM803UT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E, RAV-SM802CT-E / RAV-SM803AT-E
Outer diameter of refrigerant pipe
Indoor unit
Gas side ØA
Liquid side ØB
TCJ
sensor
15.9mm
9.5mm
Air heat exchanger
Height difference (m)
TC sensor
Outdoor unit
at upper side
Outdoor unit
at lower side
30
30
Refrigerant pipe
at gas side
Ø15.9
Refrigerant pipe
at liquid side
Ø9.5
Section shape
of heat insulator
Min.
5m
Max.
30m
Packed valve
Packed valve
Outer dia. ØB
Outer dia. ØA
Outdoor unit
PMV
(Pulse Motor Valve)
(CAM-B30YGTF-1)
2-step
muffler
Ø25 × 200L
TO sensor
TS
TD
sensor sensor
Strainer
4-way valve
(STF-0213Z)
TE
sensor
Heat exchanger
Muffler
Ø19 × L160
Ø8 ripple, 2 rows,
20 steps
Accumulator
(1000cc)
FP1.3 flat fin
Distributor
Rotary
compressor
(DA150A1F-20F)
4 pass
R410A 1.6 kg
Cooling
Heating
Pressure
(MPa) (kg/cm²G)
Pd Ps
Standard 3.28 0.86 33.4
Pipe surface temperature (°C)
Indoor/Outdoor
temp. conditions
(DB/WB) (°C)
Compressor
revolutions per
second (rps)
Indoor
fan
Indoor heat Outdoor heat
Discharge
(TD)
Suction
(TS)
exchanger
(TC)
exchanger
(TE)
Pd
Ps
Indoor Outdoor
*
83
8.8
84
82
42
75
80
89
11
17
8
10
16
6
45
51
23
2
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
27/19
32/24
18/15.5
20/–
35/–
43/–
Cooling
Heating
Overload
Low load
3.59 1.00 33.6 10.2
76
35
1.85 0.83 18.9
8.5
6.3
–5/–
Standard 2.53 0.62 25.8
3
42
54
34
95
7/6
Overload
Low load
3.42 1.07 34.9 10.9
1.99 0.23 20.3 2.3
20
–19
17
–18
50
28/–
24/18
–10/(70%)
120
15/–
4 poles are provided to this compressor.
*
The compressor frequency (Hz) measured with a clamp meter is 2 times of revolutions (rps) of the compressor.
– 32 –
RAV-SM1103UT-E, RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1102CT-E / RAV-SM1103AT-E
Outer diameter of refrigerant pipe
Indoor unit
Gas side ØA
Liquid side ØB
Distributor
(Strainer incorporated)
TCJ sensor
15.9mm
9.5mm
Strainer
Height difference (m)
Air heat exchanger
Outdoor unit
at upper side
Outdoor unit
at lower side
TC sensor
30
30
Refrigerant pipe
at gas side Ø15.9
Refrigerant pipe
at liquid side Ø9.5
Section shape
of heat insulator
Min.
5m
Max.
50m
Ball valve
Outer dia. ØA
Strainer
Packed valve
Outer dia. ØB
Outdoor unit
PMV
TS sensor
(Pulse Motor Valve)
(UKV-25D22)
TO sensor
TD sensor
Strainer
4-way valve
(STF-0213Z)
TE
sensor
Heat exchanger
Outer side
Muffler
Ø8, 2 rows, 20 steps
FP1.3 flat fin
Distributor
Ø25 × L210
Inner side
Ø9.52 row, 30 steps
FP1.5 flat fin
Accumulator
(2500cc)
Ø25 × L180
Rotary
compressor
(DA420A3F – 21M)
R410A 2.8kg
Cooling
Heating
Pressure
Pipe surface temperature (°C)
Indoor/Outdoor
temp. conditions
(DB/WB) (°C)
Compressor
revolutions per
second (rps)
Indoor
fan
(MPa)
Pd Ps
Standard 3.44 0.92 35.1
(kg/cm²G)
Indoor heat Outdoor heat
Discharge
Suction
(TS)
exchanger
(TC)
exchanger
(TE)
Pd
Ps
(TD)
82
Indoor Outdoor
*
47
9.4
8
15
8
10
17
3
39
48
22
1
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
27/19
32/24
18/15.5
20/–
35/–
43/–
Cooling
Heating
Overload
Low load
3.73 1.18 38.1 12.0
82
42
30
48
24
55
1.49 0.70 15.2
7.1
6.2
39
–5/–
Standard 2.80 0.61 28.6
80
0
46
55
36
7/6
Overload
Low load
3.43 1.08 35.0 11.0
2.20 0.25 22.4 2.6
82
14
–19
13
–16
30/–
24/18
–10/(70%)
76
15/–
4 poles are provided to this compressor.
*
The compressor frequency (Hz) measured with a clamp meter is 2 times of revolutions (rps) of the compressor.
– 33 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
RAV-SM1403UT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E, RAV-SM1402CT-E / RAV-SM1403AT-E
Outer diameter of refrigerant pipe
Indoor unit
Gas side ØA
Liquid side ØB
Distributor
(Strainer incorporated)
TCJ sensor
15.9mm
9.5mm
Strainer
Height difference (m)
Air heat exchanger
Outdoor unit
at upper side
Outdoor unit
at lower side
TC sensor
30
30
Refrigerant pipe
at gas side Ø15.9
Refrigerant pipe
at liquid side Ø9.5
Section shape
of heat insulator
Min.
5m
Max.
50m
Ball valve
Outer dia. ØA
Strainer
Packed valve
Outer dia. ØB
Outdoor unit
PMV
TS sensor
(Pulse Motor Valve)
(UKV-25D22)
TO sensor
TD sensor
Strainer
4-way valve
(STF-0213Z)
TE
sensor
Heat exchanger
Outer side
Muffler
Distributor
Ø8, 2 rows, 20 steps
FP1.3 flat fin
Ø25 × L210
Inner side
Ø9.52 row, 30 steps
FP1.5 flat fin
Ø25 × L180
Accumulator Rotary
(2500cc)
compressor
(DA420A3F – 21M)
R410A 3.0kg
Cooling
Heating
Pressure
Pipe surface temperature (°C)
Indoor/Outdoor
temp. conditions
(DB/WB) (°C)
Compressor
revolutions per
second (rps)
Indoor
fan
(MPa)
Pd Ps
Standard 3.52 0.85 35.9
(kg/cm²G)
Indoor heat Outdoor heat
Discharge
Suction
(TS)
exchanger
(TC)
exchanger
(TE)
Pd
Ps
(TD)
87
Indoor Outdoor
*
54
8.7
8
15
7
9
17
3
39
47
23
1
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
27/19
32/24
18/15.5
20/–
35/–
43/–
Cooling
Heating
Overload
Low load
3.78 1.12 38.6 11.4
84
45
30
61
24
73
1.51 0.71 15.4
7.2
6.1
40
–5/–
Standard 2.88 0.60 29.4
85
1
47
54
40
7/6
Overload
Low load
3.41 1.08 34.8 11.0
2.35 0.24 24.0 2.4
81
14
–19
13
–16
30/–
24/18
–10/(70%)
80
15/–
4 poles are provided to this compressor.
*
The compressor frequency (Hz) measured with a clamp meter is 2 times of revolutions (rps) of the compressor.
– 34 –
RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM562CT-E / RAV-SP562AT-E
Outer diameter of refrigerant pipe
Indoor unit
Gas side ØA
Liquid side ØB
12.7mm
6.4mm
TCJ
sensor
Air heat exchanger
Height difference (m)
TC sensor
Outdoor unit
at upper side
Outdoor unit
at lower side
* The refrigerating cycle of the indoor units differs according to
the models to be combined. For the refrigerating cycles of the
other indoor units, refer to the corresponding Service Manuals
described in the list on the cover.
30
15
Refrigerant pipe
at gas side
Outer dia. ØA
Refrigerant pipe
at liquid side
Outer dia. ØB
Section shape
of heat insulator
Min.
5m
Max.
50m
Packed valve
Packed valve
Outer dia. ØA
Outer dia. ØB
Outdoor unit
Modulating
(PMV)
Strainer
TS sensor
(CAM-B30YGTF-2)
TO sensor
TD sensor
Strainer
TE
sensor
4-way valve
(STF-0213Z)
Capillary
Ø3×Ø2×
L530
Muffler
Heat exchangerØ8
1 row 30 stages
FP1.3 flat fin
Ø25 × L210
Ø25 × L160
Rotary compressor
(DA220A2F-20L1)
Accumulator
(1500cc)
R410A 1.5 kg
Cooling
Heating
Pressure
Pipe surface temperature (°C)
Indoor/Outdoor
temp. conditions
(DB/WB) (°C)
Compressor
revolutions per
second (rps)
Indoor
fan
(MPa)
Indoor heat
exchanger
(TC)
Outdoor heat
Discharge
(TD)
Suction
(TS)
exchanger
(TE)
Pd
Ps
Indoor Outdoor
*
43
Standard
2.71
3.48
1.92
2.22
3.47
1.79
1.03
1.16
0.74
0.72
1.16
0.25
75
81
34
32
81
71
15
20
5
10
16
2
38
51
11
2
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
27/19
32/24
18/15.5
20/–
35/–
43/–
Cooling
Heating
Overload
Low load
Standard
Overload
Low load
44
24
41
41
70
–5/–
6
38
55
30
7/6
20
–16
15
–18
30/–
24/18
–15/(70%)
15/–
4 poles are provided to this compressor.
*
The compressor frequency (Hz) measured with a clamp meter is 2 times of revolutions (rps) of the compressor.
– 35 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
RAV-SM803UT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E, RAV-SM802CT-E / RAV-SP802AT-E
Outer diameter of refrigerant pipe
Indoor unit
Gas side ØA
Liquid side ØB
15.9mm
9.5mm
TCJ
sensor
Air heat exchanger
Height difference (m)
TC sensor
Outdoor unit
at upper side
Outdoor unit
at lower side
* The refrigerating cycle of the indoor units differs according to
the models to be combined. For the refrigerating cycles of the
other indoor units, refer to the corresponding Service Manuals
described in the list on the cover.
30
15
Refrigerant pipe
at gas side
Outer dia. ØA
Refrigerant pipe
at liquid side
Outer dia. ØB
Section shape
of heat insulator
Min.
Max.
50m
5m
Packed valve
Outer dia. ØB
Packed valve
Outer dia. ØA
Outdoor unit
Modulating
(PMV)
Strainer
TS sensor
(CAM-B30YGTF-2)
TO sensor
TD sensor
Strainer
TE
sensor
4-way valve
(STF-0213Z)
Capillary
Ø3×Ø2×
L530
Muffler
Heat exchangerØ8
1 row 30 stages
FP1.3 flat fin
Ø25 × L210
Ø25 × L160
Rotary compressor
(DA220A2F-20L1)
Accumulator
(1500cc)
R410A 2.1 kg
Cooling
Heating
Pressure
Pipe surface temperature (°C)
Indoor/Outdoor
temp. conditions
(DB/WB) (°C)
Compressor
revolutions per
second (rps)
Indoor
fan
(MPa)
Indoor heat
exchanger
(TC)
Outdoor heat
Discharge
(TD)
Suction
(TS)
exchanger
(TE)
Pd
Ps
Indoor Outdoor
*
55
Standard
2.72
3.57
1.89
2.58
3.49
2.30
0.93
1.10
0.74
0.68
1.22
0.25
74
80
34
72
79
91
12
21
7
11
17
2
40
52
12
2
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
27/19
32/24
18/15.5
20/–
35/–
43/–
Cooling
Heating
Overload
Low load
Standard
Overload
Low load
47
24
62
28
90
–5/–
4
41
55
37
7/6
19
–17
16
–19
30/–
24/18
–15/(70%)
15/–
4 poles are provided to this compressor.
*
The compressor frequency (Hz) measured with a clamp meter is 2 times of revolutions (rps) of the compressor.
– 36 –
RAV-SP1102UT-E, RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1102CT-E / RAV-SP1102AT-E
Outer diameter of refrigerant pipe
Indoor unit
Gas side ØA
Liquid side ØB
Distributor
(Strainer incorporated)
15.9mm
9.5mm
TCJ sensor
Strainer
Height difference (m)
Air heat exchanger
Outdoor unit
at upper side
Outdoor unit
at lower side
TC sensor
30
15
* The refrigerating cycle of the indoor units differs according to
the models to be combined. For the refrigerating cycles of the
other indoor units, refer to the corresponding Service Manuals
described in the list on the cover.
Refrigerant pipe at gas side
Outer dia. ØA
Refrigerant pipe at liquid side
Outer dia. ØB
Section shape
of heat insulator
Min.
5m
Max.
70m
Ball valve
Outer dia. ØA
Strainer
Packed valve
Outer dia. ØB
Outdoor unit
PMV
(UKV-25D22)
TS sensor
Check joint
TO sensor
TD sensor
Strainer
TE sensor
4-way valve
(STF-0401G)
Heat exchanger
2 row 52 stages
Outside :
Ø8 FP1.3 flat fin
Inside :
Ø9.52 FP1.5 flat fin
Distributor
Muffler
Ø25 × L210
Accumulator
(2500cc)
Ø25 × L180
Rotary
compressor
(DA420A3F – 21M)
R410A 2.95kg
Cooling
Heating
Pressure
(MPa)
Pipe surface temperature (°C)
Indoor/Outdoor
temp. conditions
(DB/WB) (°C)
Compressor
revolutions per
second (rps)
Indoor
fan
Indoor heat
exchanger
(TC)
Outdoor heat
Discharge
Suction
(TS)
exchanger
(TE)
Pd
Ps
(TD)
69
Indoor Outdoor
*
40
Standard
Overload
Low load
Standard
Overload
Low load
2.55
3.28
1.76
2.58
3.43
2.10
0.98
1.08
0.76
0.73
1.18
0.32
12
17
8
10
16
5
40
48
27
3
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
27/19
32/24
18/15.5
20/–
35/–
43/–
Cooling
Heating
82
50
24
44
24
63
47
–5/–
68
3
40
56
34
7/6
75
20
–14
16
–13
30/–
24/18
–15/(70%)
88
15/–
4 poles are provided to this compressor.
*
The compressor frequency (Hz) measured with a clamp meter is 2 times of revolutions (rps) of the compressor.
– 37 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
RAV-SM1403UT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E, RAV-SM1402CT-E / RAV-SP1402AT-E
Outer diameter of refrigerant pipe
Indoor unit
Gas side ØA
Liquid side ØB
Distributor
(Strainer incorporated)
15.9mm
9.5mm
TCJ sensor
Strainer
Height difference (m)
Air heat exchanger
Outdoor unit
at upper side
Outdoor unit
at lower side
TC sensor
30
15
* The refrigerating cycle of the indoor units differs according to
the models to be combined. For the refrigerating cycles of the
other indoor units, refer to the corresponding Service Manuals
described in the list on the cover.
Refrigerant pipe
at gas side
Outer dia. ØA
Refrigerant pipe
at liquid side
Outer dia. ØB
Section shape
of heat insulator
Min.
Max.
70m
5m
Packed valve
Outer dia. ØB
Ball valve
Outer dia. ØA
Strainer
Outdoor unit
PMV
(UKV-25D22)
TS sensor
Check joint
TO sensor
TD sensor
Strainer
TE sensor
4-way valve
(STF-0401G)
Heat exchanger
2 row 52 stages
Outside :
Ø8 FP1.3 flat fin
Inside :
Ø9.52 FP1.5 flat fin
Distributor
Muffler
Ø25 × L210
Accumulator
(2500cc)
Ø25 × L180
Rotary
compressor
(DA420A3F – 21M)
R410A 2.95kg
Cooling
Heating
Pressure
Pipe surface temperature (°C)
Indoor/Outdoor
temp. conditions
(DB/WB) (°C)
Compressor
revolutions per
second (rps)
Indoor
fan
(MPa)
Indoor heat
exchanger
(TC)
Outdoor heat
Discharge
(TD)
Suction
(TS)
exchanger
(TE)
Pd
Ps
Indoor Outdoor
*
53
Standard
Overload
Low load
Standard
Overload
Low load
2.76
3.46
1.77
2.65
3.33
2.50
0.91
1.03
0.78
0.69
1.08
0.22
74
82
48
75
74
98
11
17
9
9
16
6
39
48
27
3
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
27/19
32/24
18/15.5
20/–
35/–
43/–
Cooling
Heating
51
24
55
24
73
–5/–
3
43
55
43
7/6
19
–22
15
–18
30/–
24/18
–15/(70%)
15/–
4 poles are provided to this compressor.
*
The compressor frequency (Hz) measured with a clamp meter is 2 times of revolutions (rps) of the compressor.
– 38 –
5. WIRING DIAGRAM
5-1. Indoor Unit
5-1-1. 4-Way Air Discharge CassetteType
RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM803UT-E, RAV-SM1103UT-E, RAV-SM1403UT-E, RAV-SP1102UT-E
TA
TCJ
TC
Connection interface (option)
(EXCT)
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
CN50
(WHI)
CN51
(RED)
1 2 3
CN80
(GRN)
1 2
CN73
(RED)
1 2
CN70
(WHI)
CN34
(RED)
FS
CN104 CN102 CN101
(YEL) (RED) (BLK)
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
5 5
3 3
2 2
1 1
4 4
P.C.
Board
3 3
2 2
1 1
MCC-1402
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
LM1
LM2
1 2
1 2
CN40
(BLU)
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN33
(WHI)
CN60
(WHI)
U3 U4
Control P.C. Board for
Indoor Unit
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
Terminal for
central remote
controller
CN32
(WHI)
2
1
DC20V
DC15V
DC12V
DC7V
(FAN DRIVE)
6
5
4
3
2
1
Power
supply
circuit
CN61
(YEL)
Fuse
F302
T3.15A
250V~
CN333
(WHI)
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
BLK
WHI
Motor
drive
circuit
CN001
(WHI)
2 2
1 1
+
–
FM
Adapter for
Wireless Remote
Controller
CN334
(WHI)
3
2
1
CN309
(YEL)
~
~
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
BLK
BLK
3 3
2 2
1 1
CN41
(BLU)
B
A
B
A
Fuse
F301
RY
RY
BLK
302
303
250V~
T6.3A
WHI
P301
BLK
CN68
(BLU)
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
CN304
(GRY)
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
1 2
CN66
(WHI)
CN67
(BLK)
Wired Renote
Controller
RED WHI BLK
RED
WHI
Closed-end
connector
DP
1 2 3
Color
Indoor unit
earth screw
Identification
BLK : BLACK
BLU : BLUE
NOTE
FM : Fan motor
TA : Indoor temp. sensor
TC : Temp. sensor
1 2 3
RED : RED
GRY : GRAY
PNK : PINK
GRN : GREEN
WHI : WHITE
BRN : BROWN
ORN : ORANGE
YEL : YELLOW
Outdoor unit
earth screw
Serial
TCJ : Temp. sensor
LM1,LM2 : Louver motor
DP : Drain pump motor
FS : Float switch
L N
signal
Single phase
220 to 240V
50Hz
RY302 : Drain control relay
– 39 –
5-1-2. Concealed DuctType
RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E, RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E
TA
TCJ
TC
(EXCT)
1 2
1 2
CN104
(YEL)
1 2
1 2
CN102
(RED)
1 2
1 2
CN101
(BLK)
Connection interface (option)
1 2 3
CN80
(GRN)
1 2
CN73
(RED)
1 2
CN70
(WHI)
CN50
CN51
(RED)
(WHI)
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
CN34
(RED)
P.C.
FS
MCC-1402
Board
3 3
2 2
1 1
Control P.C. Board for
Indoor Unit
1 2
1 2
CN40
(BLU)
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN60
(WHI)
CN33
(WHI)
U3 U4
DC20V
DC15V
DC12V
DC7V
Terminal for
central remote
controller
5
4
3
2
1
CN32
(WHI)
2
1
Power
supply
circuit
(FAN DRIVE)
6
5
4
3
2
1
Fuse
F302
CN61
(YEL)
T3.15A
250V~
CN333
(WHI)
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
Motor
drive
circuit
FM
+
–
CN334
(WHI)
3
2
1
CN309
(YEL)
~
~
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
BLK
BLK
3 3
2 2
1 1
CN41
(BLU)
B
B
A
Fuse
F301
RY
RY
BLK
302
303
A
250V~
T6.3A
WHI
P301
BLK
CN68
(BLU)
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
CN304
(GRY)
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
1 2
CN66
(WHI)
CN67
(BLK)
Wired Renote
Controller
RED WHI BLK
Capacitor
1 2 3
1 2 3
DP
RED
WHI
Closed-end
connector
Color
Identification
1 2 3
Reactor
Indoor unit
earth screw
BLK : BLACK
BLU : BLUE
RED : RED
GRY : GRAY
PNK : PINK
GRN : GREEN
WHI : WHITE
BRN : BROWN
ORN : ORANGE
YEL : YELLOW
NOTE
1 2 3
FM : Fan motor
Outdoor unit
earth screw
TA : Indoor temp. sensor
TC : Temp. sensor
Serial
L N
signal
Single phase 220V, 50Hz
TCJ : Temp. sensor
DP : Drain pump motor
FS : Float switch
RY302 : Drain control relay
– 40 –
5-1-3. Under CeilingType
RAV-SM562CT-E, RAV-SM802CT-E, RAV-SM1102CT-E, RAV-SM1402CT-E
TA
TCJ
TC
(EXCT)
1 2
1 2
CN104
(YEL)
1 2
1 2
CN102
(RED)
1 2
1 2
CN101
(BLK)
Connection interface (option)
1 2 3
CN80
(GRN)
1 2
CN73
(RED)
1 2
CN70
(WHI)
CN50
CN51
(RED)
(WHI)
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
CN34
(RED)
P.C.
FS
MCC-1402
Board
3 3
2 2
1 1
Control P.C. Board for
Indoor Unit
1 2
1 2
CN40
(BLU)
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN60
(WHI)
CN33
(WHI)
U3 U4
DC20V
DC15V
DC12V
DC7V
Terminal for
central remote
controller
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
CN32
(WHI)
LM
2
1
Power
supply
circuit
(FAN DRIVE)
6
5
4
3
2
1
Fuse
F302
CN61
(YEL)
T3.15A
250V~
CN333
(WHI)
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
Motor
drive
circuit
BLK
WHI
CN001
(WHI)
2 2
1 1
FM
+
–
CN334
(WHI)
Adapter for
3
2
1
Wireless Remote
Controller
CN309
(YEL)
~
~
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
BLK
BLK
3 3
2 2
1 1
CN41
(BLU)
B
A
B
A
Fuse
F301
RY
RY
BLK
302
303
250V~
T6.3A
WHI
P301
BLK
CN68
(BLU)
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
CN304
(GRY)
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
1 2
CN66
(WHI)
CN67
(BLK)
Wired Renote
Controller
RED WHI BLK
Capacitor
1 2 3
1 2 3
DP
RED
WHI
Closed-end
connector
Color
Identification
1 2 3
Reactor
Indoor unit
earth screw
NOTE
BLK : BLACK
BLU : BLUE
RED : RED
GRY : GRAY
PNK : PINK
GRN : GREEN
WHI : WHITE
BRN : BROWN
ORN : ORANGE
YEL : YELLOW
FM : Fan motor
1 2 3
TA : Indoor temp. sensor
TC : Temp. sensor
Outdoor unit
earth screw
Serial
L N
signal
TCJ : Temp. sensor
Single phase 220V, 50Hz
LM : Louver motor
DP : Drain pump motor
FS : Float switch
RY302 : Drain control relay
– 41 –
Compressor
CN300
RED
WHI
BLK
P04
P05
P06
BLK
WHI
RED
1 1
2 2
3 3
3 3
2 2
1 1
Q200~205
IGBT
Q300~305
MOS-FET
CM
FM
P.C. Board
(MCC-5009)
R221
R321
Fan motor
P25
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
YEL
R220
R219
R320
R319
P24
P23
PMV
YEL
BRN
YEL
CN700
P22
P21
Pulse motor valve
F03
CAUTION : HIGH VOLTAGE
P20
P35
Varistor
L03
C13
Fuse
L01
3 3
2
T3.15A
AC250V
The high voltage circuit is
incorporated.
P34
DB01
CN603 1 1
Be careful to do the check service,
as the electric shock may be
caused in case of touching
parts on the
TS
(Suction pipe
temp. sensor)
Surge
absorber
2 2
C12 C14
CN602 1 1
P.C. board by hand
Power
relay
TO
(Outdoor
temp. sensor)
Varistor
P19
3 3
2
CN601 1 1
DB02
The 4-way valve coil is turned on
while the cooling operation
CT
ORN
F01
Fuse
T25A
AC250V
P18
P11
TD
Relay
(Discharge pipe
temp. sensor)
2 2
1 1
2 2
CN600 1 1
P08
Reactor
TE
NOTE
Q404
P02
WHI CN806
P03 P10
ORN BLK
(Condenser pipe
temp. sensor)
P33
P32
CN701
P30
P7
CM : Compressor
PMV : Pulse motor valve
FM : Fan motor
: Heat exchanger Temp. Sensor
TD : Discharge Temp. Sensor
TO : Outdoor Temp. Sensor
: Suction Temp. Sensor
IGBT : Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor
DB : Rectifier
1 2 3
1 2 3
1
1
3
3
1 2 3 4 5
For optional P.C. Board
CN605
BLK
P31
BLK
2 1
2 1
PUR
TE
Coil for
4-WAY
VALVE
Reactor
1 2 3
1 2 3
SW802
TS
GRN/YEL
Fuse 250V~
T6.3A
Reactor
MCC-1530
RED
Sub P.C. Board
CT : Curreut Transformer
1 2 3 L N
Color Identification
BLK : BLACK
BLU : BLUE
RED : RED
GRY : GRAY
PNK : PINK
WHI : WHITE
BRN : BROWN
ORN : ORANGE
YEL : YELLOW
PUR : PURPLE
To indoor
Power supply
220-240V~ 50Hz
Reactor Reactor
Color Identification
BLK : BLACK WHI : WHITE
~
~
~
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
BLU : BLUE
RED : RED
GRY : GRAY
PNK : PINK
BRN : BROWN
ORN: ORANGE
YEL : YELLOW
PUR : PURPLE
YEL
BLU
F01 Fuse
T25A, 250V~
RY01
CN01
F02
CN09 RED
CN10 WHI
CN11 BLK
Fuse
CN02
CN03
T25A, 250V~
P.C. board
(MCC-1438)
Power factor
control
W V
U
CM
Compressor
1
1
3
3
5
5
1 2
1
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
1
1
3
3
1 2
1 2
CN13
RED
CN05
WHI
CN06 CN04
RED WHI
CN600
BLK
TS
3
TE
TO
TD
TH
1
1
5
5
1
1 2
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
1
1
3
3
1
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1
3
CN01
RED
CN04
WHI
CN800 CN03
RED WHI
1 2 3
1 2 3
CN700 YEL
BLU
CN605 CN604 CN601 CN600
Coil for
4-WAY
Valve
1 1
WHI
WHI WHI
WHI
RY300
Fuse
F300
T5A,
250V
20SF
BLU
3 3
SUB P.C. board
(MCC-1531)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CN801
F01 Fuse
T3.15A 250V~
CN02 BLK
1 1
RED
WHI
RED
CN500
BLU
Serial
Fan motor drive circuit
ORN
Thermostat for
compressor
WHI
2 2
1 1
commu-
nication
circuit
Fuse
T6.3A,
250V~
3 3
5 5
BLK
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3
WHI
1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
CN702 CN301
CN300
WHI
CN804
BLU
WHI
NOTE
CM : Compressor
PMV : Pulse motor valve
FM : Fan motor
L N 1 2 3
PMV
FM
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
TE
: Heat exchanger Temp. Sensor
Pulse motor valve
Fan motor
1 1
3 3
Optional
P.C. board
MCC-1522
TH : Temp. Sensor
TD : Discharge Temp. Sensor
TO : Outdoor Temp. Sensor
Power supply
220-240V~ 50Hz
To indoor unit
TS
: Suction Temp. Sensor
IGBT : Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor
Reactor Reactor
Color Identification
BLK : BLACK WHI : WHITE
~
~
~
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
BLU : BLUE
RED : RED
GRY : GRAY
PNK : PINK
BRN : BROWN
ORN: ORANGE
YEL : YELLOW
PUR : PURPLE
YEL
BLU
F01 Fuse
T25A, 250V~
RY01
CN01
F02
CN20 RED
CN21 WHI
CN22 BLK
Fuse
CN02
CN03
T25A, 250V~
P.C. board
(MCC-1438)
Power factor
control
W V
U
CM
Compressor
1
1
3
3
5
5
1 2
1
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
1
1
3
3
CN13
RED
CN05
WHI
CN06 CN04
RED WHI
Coil for
4-WAY
Valve
TS
3
TE
TO
TD
20SF
1
1
5
5
1
1 2
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
1
1
3
3
1
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1
3
CN01
RED
CN04
WHI
CN800 CN03
RED WHI
3
3
1
1
CN700
YEL
1 2
1 2
1 2 3
1 2 3
RED
CN607 CN606 CN605 CN604 CN601 CN600
1 1
YEL RED
WHI
WHI WHI
WHI
RY300
Fuse
F300
RED
3 3
SUB P.C. board
(MCC-1531)
T5A,
Reactor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CN801
250V
CN02
BLK
1 1
F01 Fuse
T3.15A 250V~
CN500
BLU
Serial
Fan motor drive circuit
ORN
Thermostat for
compressor
2 2
1 1
commu-
nication
circuit
Fuse
T6.3A,
250V~
3 3
5 5
GRN/YEL
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3
WHI
1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
CN702 CN301
CN300
WHI
WHI
NOTE
CM : Compressor
PMV : Pulse motor valve
FM : Fan motor
1 2 3 L N
PMV
FM
TE
: Heat exchanger Temp. Sensor
Pulse motor valve
Fan motor
TD : Discharge Temp. Sensor
TO : Outdoor Temp. Sensor
TS
: Suction Temp. Sensor
To indoor unit
Power supply
220-240V~ 50Hz
IGBT : Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor
Reactor Reactor
Color Identification
BLK : BLACK WHI : WHITE
~
~
~
BLU : BLUE
RED : RED
GRY : GRAY
PNK : PINK
BRN : BROWN
ORN: ORANGE
YEL : YELLOW
PUR : PURPLE
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
YEL
BLU
F01 Fuse
T25A, 250V~
RY01
CN01
F02
CN09 RED
CN10 WHI
CN11 BLK
Fuse
CN02
CN03
T25A, 250V~
P.C. board
(MCC-1438)
Power factor
control
W V
U
CM
Compressor
1
1
3
3
5
5
1 2
1
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
1
1
3
3
1 2
CN13
RED
CN05
WHI
CN06 CN04
RED WHI
CN600
BLK
1 2
TS
3
TE
TO
TD
TH
1
1
5
5
1
1 2
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
1
1
3
3
1
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1
3
CN01
RED
CN04
WHI
CN800 CN03
RED WHI
1 2
1 2
1 2 3
1 2 3
CN700 YEL
BLU
CN607 CN606 CN605 CN604 CN601 CN600
1 1
YEL RED
WHI
WHI WHI
WHI
RY300
Fuse
F300
20SF
BLU
3 3
SUB P.C. board
(MCC-1531)
T5A,
Coil for
4-WAY
Valve
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CN801
250V
CN02
BLK
1 1
F01 Fuse
T3.15A 250V~
CN500
BLU
2 2
Serial
Fan motor drive circuit
ORN
Thermostat for
compressor
commu-
nication
circuit
Fuse
T6.3A,
250V~
3 3
5 5
1 1
CN300
WHI
CN302
WHI
GRN/YEL
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
CN702 CN301
CN303
WHI
WHI
WHI
NOTE
CM : Compressor
PMV : Pulse motor valve
FM : Fan motor
1 2 3 L N
PMV
FM
FM
TE
: Heat exchanger Temp. Sensor
Pulse motor valve
Fan motor
Fan motor
TH : Temp. Sensor
TD : Discharge Temp. Sensor
TO : Outdoor Temp. Sensor
To indoor unit
Power supply
220-240V~ 50Hz
TS
: Suction Temp. Sensor
IGBT : Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor
6. SPECIFICATIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS
6-1. Indoor Unit
6-1-1. 4-Way Air Discharge CassetteType
RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM803UT-E
No.
1
Parts name
Fan motor (for indoor)
Type
Specifications
Output (Rated) 60 W, 220–240 V
10 kΩ at 25°C
SWF-230-60-1R
155 mm
2
Thermo. sensor (TA-sensor)
Heat exchanger sensor (TCJ-sensor)
Heat exchanger sensor (TC-sensor)
Float switch
3
Ø6 mm, 1200 mm
Ø6 mm, 1200 mm
FS-0218-102
ADP-1409
10 kΩ at 25°C
4
10 kΩ at 25°C
5
6
Drain pump motor
RAV-SM1103UT-E, RAV-SM1403UT-E, RAV-SP1102UT-E
No.
1
Parts name
Type
Specifications
Output (Rated) 90 W
10 kΩ at 25°C
Fan motor
SWF-200-90-1R
155 mm
2
Thermo. sensor (TA-sensor)
Heat exchanger sensor (TCJ-sensor)
Heat exchanger sensor (TC-sensor)
Float switch
3
Ø6 mm, 1200 mm
Ø6 mm, 1200 mm
FS-0218-102
ADP-1409
10 kΩ at 25°C
4
10 kΩ at 25°C
5
6
Drain pump motor
– 46 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
6-1-2. Concealed DuctType
RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E, RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E
No.
Parts name
Type
Specifications
1
Fan motor (SM802BT-E)
ICF-280-120-1B
Output (Rated) 120 W, 220–240 V
Fan motor
2
ICF-280-120-2B
Output (Rated) 120 W, 220–240 V
(SM562BT-E/SM1102BT-E/SM1402BT-E)
3
4
5
6
7
8
Thermo. sensor (TA-sensor)
Heat exchanger sensor (TCJ-sensor)
Heat exchanger sensor (TC-sensor)
Float switch
618 mm
Ø6 mm, 1200 mm
Ø6 mm, 1200 mm
FS-0218-102
ADP-1409
10 kΩ at 25°C
10 kΩ at 25°C
10 kΩ at 25°C
Drain pump motor
Reactor
CH-43-2Z-T
10 mH, 1 A
6-1-3. Under CeilingType
RAV-SM562CT-E, RAV-SM802CT-E, RAV-SM1102CT-E, RAV-SM1402CT-E
No.
1
Parts name
Fan motor (SM562CT-E)
Fan motor (SM802CT-E)
Fan motor (SM1102CT-E/SM1402CT-E)
Thermo. sensor (TA-sensor)
Heat exchanger sensor (TCJ-sensor)
Heat exchanger sensor (TC-sensor)
Louver motor
Type
Specifications
Output (Rated) 60 W, 220–240 V
Output (Rated) 60 W, 220–240 V
Output (Rated) 120 W, 220–240 V
10 kΩ at 25°C
SWF-280-60-1R
SWF-280-60-2R
SWF-280-120-2R
155 mm
2
3
4
5
Ø6 mm, 1200 mm
Ø6 mm, 1200 mm
MP24Z2N
10 kΩ at 25°C
6
10 kΩ at 25°C
7
DC 15 V
8
Reactor
CH-43-2Z-T
10 mH, 1 A
– 47 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
6-2. Outdoor Unit
RAV-SM563AT-E
No.
1
Parts name
Type
Specifications
Fan motor
ICF-140-43-4R
Output (Rated) 43 W
2
Compressor
DA150A1F-20F
3 phase, 4P, 1100 W
10 mH, 16A
3
Reactor
CH-57
4
Outdoor temp. sensor (To-sensor)
Heat exchanger sensor (Te-sensor)
Suction temp. sensor (Ts-sensor)
Discharge temp. sensor (Td-sensor)
Fuse (Switching power (Protect))
Fuse (Inverter, input (Current protect)
4-way valve solenoid coil
Compressor thermo. (Protection)
Coil (Pulse Motor Valve)
—
10 kΩ at 25°C
10 kΩ at 25°C
10 kΩ at 25°C
50 kΩ at 25°C
T3.15 A, AC 250 V
25 A, AC 250 V
—
5
—
6
—
7
—
—
8
9
—
10
11
12
STF-01AJ502E1
US-622
OFF : 125 ± 4°C, ON : 90 ± 5°C
—
CAM-MD12TF-6
RAV-SM803AT-E
No.
Parts name
Type
Specifications
Output (Rated) 43 W
3 phase, 4P, 1100 W
10 mH, 16 A
1
2
Fan motor
Compressor
Reactor
ICF-140-43-4R
DA150A1F-20F
3
CH-57
4
Outdoor temp. sensor (To-sensor)
Heat exchanger sensor (Te-sensor)
Suction temp. sensor (Ts-sensor)
Discharge temp. sensor (Td-sensor)
Fuse (Switching power (Protect))
Fuse (Inverter, input (Current protect))
4-way valve solenoid coil
—
10 kΩ at 25°C
5
—
10 kΩ at 25°C
6
—
10 kΩ at 25°C
7
—
—
50 kΩ at 25°C
8
T3.15 A, AC 250 V
25 A, AC 250 V
AC 220 – 240 V
OFF : 125 ± 4°C, ON : 90 ± 5°C
—
9
—
10
11
12
STF-01AJ502E1
US-622
Compressor thermo. (Protection)
Coil (Pulse Motor Valve)
CAM-MD12TF-6
RAV-SM1103AT-E
No.
Parts name
Type
Specifications
Output (Rated) 100 W
3 phase, 4P, 2000 W
6 mH, 18.5 A
1
2
Fan motor
Compressor
Reactor
ICF-280-100-1R
DA420A3F-21M
3
CH-62
4
Outdoor temp. sensor (To-sensor)
Heat exchanger sensor (Te-sensor)
Suction temp. sensor (Ts-sensor)
Discharge temp. sensor (Td-sensor)
Fuse (Switching power (Protect))
Fuse (Inverter, input (Current protect)
4-way valve solenoid coil
—
10 kΩ at 25°C
5
—
10 kΩ at 25°C
6
—
10 kΩ at 25°C
7
—
—
50 kΩ at 25°C
8
T3.15 A, AC 250 V
25 A, AC 250 V
9
—
10
11
12
STF-01AJ502E1
US-622
UKV-U048E
AC 220 – 240 V
OFF : 125 ± 4°C, ON : 90 ± 5°C
—
Compressor thermo. (Protection)
Coil (Pulse Motor Valve)
– 48 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
RAV-SM1403AT-E
No.
Parts name
Type
Specifications
1
2
Fan motor
Compressor
Reactor
ICF-280-100-1R
Output (Rated) 100 W
DA420A3F-21M
3 phase, 4P, 3500 W
6 mH, 18.5 A
3
CH-62
4
Outdoor temp. sensor (To-sensor)
Heat exchanger sensor (Te-sensor)
Suction temp. sensor (Ts-sensor)
Discharge temp. sensor (Td-sensor)
Fuse (Switching power (Protect))
Fuse (Inverter, input (Current protect))
4-way valve solenoid coil
—
10 kΩ at 25°C
5
—
10 kΩ at 25°C
6
—
10 kΩ at 25°C
7
—
—
50 kΩ at 25°C
8
T3.15 A, AC 250 V
25 A, AC 250 V
AC 220 – 240 V
OFF : 125 ± 4°C, ON : 90 ± 5°C
—
9
—
10
11
12
VHV-01AJ503C1
US-622
Compressor thermo. (Protection)
Coil (Pulse Motor Valve)
UKV-U048E
RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E
No.
1
Parts name
Type
Specifications
Output (Rated) 63 W
3 phase, 4P, 2000 W
8 mH, 16 A
Fan motor
Compressor
Reactor
ICF-140-63-2R
2
DA220A2F-20L1
3
CH-47
4
Outdoor temp. sensor (To-sensor)
Heat exchanger sensor (Te-sensor)
Suction temp. sensor (Ts-sensor)
Discharge temp. sensor (Td-sensor)
Fuse (Switching power (Protect))
Fuse (Inverter, input (Current protect))
4-way valve solenoid coil
—
10 kΩ at 25°C
5
—
10 kΩ at 25°C
6
—
10 kΩ at 25°C
7
—
—
50 kΩ at 25°C
8
T3.15 A, AC 250 V
25 A, AC 250 V
9
—
10
11
12
13
VHV-01AJ503C1
US-622
Compressor thermo. (Protection)
Coil (Pulse Motor Valve)
OFF : 125 ± 4°C, ON : 90 ± 5°C
10 mH, 1 A
CAM-MD12TF-8
CH-43
Reactor
RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E
No.
1
Parts name
Type
Specifications
Output (Rated) 63 W
3 phase, 4P, 3500 W
6 mH, 18.5 A
Fan motor
Compressor
Reactor
ICF-140-63-2R
2
DA420A3F-21M
3
CH-62
4
Outdoor temp. sensor (To-sensor)
Heat exchanger sensor (Te-sensor)
Suction temp. sensor (Ts-sensor)
Discharge temp. sensor (Td-sensor)
Fuse (Switching power (Protect))
Fuse (Inverter, input (Current protect))
4-way valve solenoid coil
—
10 kΩ at 25°C
5
—
10 kΩ at 25°C
6
—
10 kΩ at 25°C
7
—
—
50 kΩ at 25°C
8
T3.15 A, AC 250 V
25 A, AC 250 V
AC 220 V
9
—
10
11
12
VHV-01AJ502E1
US-622
Compressor thermo. (Protection)
Coil (Pulse Motor Valve)
OFF : 125 ± 4°C, ON : 90 ± 5°C
—
UKV-U011E
– 49 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
6-3. Accessory Separate Soldparts
TCB-DP22CE2 (Drain up kit)
RAV-SM562CT-E, RAV-SM802CT-E, RAV-SM1102CT-E, RAV-SM1402CT-E
No.
1
Parts name
Type
Specifications
Float switch
Drain pump motor
FS-0218-102
ADP-1415
2
RBC-U21PG (W) -E2 (Ceiling panel)
RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM803UT-E, RAV-SM1103UT-E, RAV-SM1403UT-E / RAV-SP1102UT-E
No.
1
Parts name
Type
Specifications
Motor-louver
MP24ZN
DC 12 V
2
– 50 –
7. REFRIGERANT R410A
This air conditioner adopts the new refrigerant HFC
(R410A) which does not damage the ozone layer.
6. When an air conditioning system charged with a
large volume of refrigerant is installed in a small
room, it is necessary to exercise care so that,
even when refrigerant leaks, its concentration
does not exceed the marginal level.
The working pressure of the new refrigerant R410A
is 1.6 times higher than conventional refrigerant
(R22). The refrigerating oil is also changed in
accordance with change of refrigerant, so be careful
that water, dust, and existing refrigerant or refriger-
ating oil are not entered in the refrigerant cycle of
the air conditioner using the new refrigerant during
installation work or servicing time.
If the refrigerant gas leakage occurs and its
concentration exceeds the marginal level, an
oxygen starvation accident may result.
7. Be sure to carry out installation or removal
according to the installation manual.
The next section describes the precautions for air
conditioner using the new refrigerant. Conforming to
contents of the next section together with the
general cautions included in this manual, perform
the correct and safe work.
Improper installation may cause refrigeration
trouble, water leakage, electric shock, fire, etc.
8. Unauthorized modifications to the air conditioner
may be dangerous. If a breakdown occurs please
call a qualified air conditioner technician or
electrician.
7-1. Safety During Installation/Servicing
Improper repair’s may result in water leakage,
electric shock and fire, etc.
As R410A’s pressure is about 1.6 times higher than
that of R22, improper installation/servicing may
cause a serious trouble. By using tools and materi-
als exclusive for R410A, it is necessary to carry out
installation/servicing safely while taking the following
precautions into consideration.
7-2. Refrigerant Piping Installation
7-2-1. Piping Materials and Joints Used
For the refrigerant piping installation, copper pipes
and joints are mainly used. Copper pipes and joints
suitable for the refrigerant must be chosen and
installed. Furthermore, it is necessary to use clean
copper pipes and joints whose interior surfaces are
less affected by contaminants.
1. Never use refrigerant other than R410A in an air
conditioner which is designed to operate with
R410A.
If other refrigerant than R410A is mixed, pressure
in the refrigeration cycle becomes abnormally
high, and it may cause personal injury, etc. by a
rupture.
1. Copper Pipes
It is necessary to use seamless copper pipes
which are made of either copper or copper alloy
and it is desirable that the amount of residual oil
is less than 40 mg/10 m. Do not use copper
pipes having a collapsed, deformed or discolored
portion (especially on the interior surface).
Otherwise, the expansion valve or capillary tube
may become blocked with contaminants.
2. Confirm the used refrigerant name, and use tools
and materials exclusive for the refrigerant R410A.
The refrigerant name R410A is indicated on the
visible place of the outdoor unit of the air condi-
tioner using R410A as refrigerant.To prevent
mischarging, the diameter of the service port
differs from that of R22.
As an air conditioner using R410A incurs pres-
sure higher than when using R22, it is necessary
to choose adequate materials.
3. If a refrigeration gas leakage occurs during
installation/servicing, be sure to ventilate fully.
If the refrigerant gas comes into contact with fire,
a poisonous gas may occur.
Thicknesses of copper pipes used with R410A
are as shown in Table 7-2-1. Never use copper
pipes thinner than 0.8 mm even when it is
available on the market.
4. When installing or removing an air conditioner,
do not allow air or moisture to remain in the
refrigeration cycle. Otherwise, pressure in the
refrigeration cycle may become abnormally high
so that a rupture or personal injury may be
caused.
NOTE:
Refer to the “7-6. Instructions for Re-use Piping
of R22 or R407C”.
5. After completion of installation work, check to
make sure that there is no refrigeration gas
leakage.
If the refrigerant gas leaks into the room, coming
into contact with fire in the fan-driven heater,
space heater, etc., a poisonous gas may occur.
– 51 –
Table 7-2-1 Thicknesses of annealed copper pipes
Thickness (mm)
Nominal diameter
Outer diameter (mm)
R410A
0.80
R22
0.80
0.80
0.80
1.00
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
6.4
9.5
0.80
12.7
15.9
0.80
1.00
1. Joints
For copper pipes, flare joints or socket joints are used. Prior to use, be sure to remove all contaminants.
a) Flare Joints
Flare joints used to connect the copper pipes cannot be used for pipings whose outer diameter exceeds
20 mm. In such a case, socket joints can be used.
Sizes of flare pipe ends, flare joint ends and flare nuts are as shown in Tables 7-2-3 to 7-2-6 below.
b) Socket Joints
Socket joints are such that they are brazed for connections, and used mainly for thick pipings whose
diameter is larger than 20 mm.Thicknesses of socket joints are as shown in Table 7-2-2.
Table 7-2-2 Minimum thicknesses of socket joints
Reference outer diameter of
copper pipe jointed (mm)
Minimum joint thickness
(mm)
Nominal diameter
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
6.4
9.5
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
12.7
15.9
7-2-2. Processing of Piping Materials
When performing the refrigerant piping installation, care should be taken to ensure that water or dust does not
enter the pipe interior, that no other oil other than lubricating oils used in the installed air conditioner is used,
and that refrigerant does not leak. When using lubricating oils in the piping processing, use such lubricating oils
whose water content has been removed. When stored, be sure to seal the container with an airtight cap or any
other cover.
1. Flare Processing Procedures and Precautions
a) Cutting the Pipe
By means of a pipe cutter, slowly cut the pipe so that it is not deformed.
b) Removing Burrs and Chips
If the flared section has chips or burrs, refrigerant leakage may occur.
Carefully remove all burrs and clean the cut surface before installation.
– 52 –
c) Insertion of Flare Nut
d) Flare Processing
Make certain that a clamp bar and copper pipe have been cleaned.
By means of the clamp bar, perform the flare processing correctly.
Use either a flare tool for R410A or conventional flare tool.
ØD
A
Flare processing dimensions differ according
to the type of flare tool.
When using a conventional flare tool, be sure
to secure “dimension A” by using a gauge for
size adjustment.
Fig. 7-2-1 Flare processing dimensions
Table 7-2-3 Dimensions related to flare processing for R410A
A (mm)
Conventional flare tool
Clutch type Wing nut type
1.0 to 1.5 1.5 to 2.0
Outer
diameter
(mm)
Nominal
diameter
Thickness
(mm)
Flare tool for
R410A clutch type
0 to 0.5
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
6.4
9.5
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.0
0 to 0.5
1.0 to 1.5
1.0 to 1.5
1.0 to 1.5
1.5 to 2.0
2.0 to 2.5
2.0 to 2.5
12.7
15.9
0 to 0.5
0 to 0.5
Table 7-2-4 Dimensions related to flare processing for R22
A (mm)
Outer
diameter
(mm)
Nominal
diameter
Thickness
(mm)
Flare tool for
R22 clutch type
0 to 0.5
Conventional flare tool
Clutch type
Wing nut type
1.0 to 1.5
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
6.4
9.5
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.0
0.5 to 1.0
0.5 to 1.0
0.5 to 1.0
0.5 to 1.0
0 to 0.5
1.0 to 1.5
12.7
15.9
0 to 0.5
1.5 to 2.0
0 to 0.5
1.5 to 2.0
Table 7-2-5 Flare and flare nut dimensions for R410A
Dimension (mm)
Nominal
diameter
Outer diameter
(mm)
Thickness
(mm)
Flare nut
width (mm)
A
B
C
D
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
6.4
9.5
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.0
9.1
9.2
6.5
13
20
23
25
17
22
26
29
13.2
16.6
19.7
13.5
16.0
19.0
9.7
12.7
15.9
12.9
16.0
– 53 –
Table 7-2-6 Flare and flare nut dimensions for R22
Dimension (mm)
Nominal
diameter
Outer diameter
Thickness
(mm)
Flare nut width
(mm)
(mm)
A
B
C
D
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
6.4
9.5
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.0
1.0
9.0
9.2
6.5
13
20
20
23
34
17
22
24
27
36
13.0
16.2
19.4
23.3
13.5
16.0
19.0
24.0
9.7
12.7
15.9
19.0
12.9
16.0
19.2
D
B
A
C
Fig. 7-2-2 Relations between flare nut and flare seal surface
2. Flare Connecting Procedures and Precautions
a) Make sure that the flare and union portions do not have any scar or dust, etc.
b) Correctly align the processed flare surface with the union axis.
c) Tighten the flare with designated torque by means of a torque wrench.The tightening torque for R410A is
the same as that for conventional R22. Incidentally, when the torque is weak, the gas leakage may occur.
When it is strong, the flare nut may crack and may be made non-removable. When choosing the tighten-
ing torque, comply with values designated by manufacturers.Table 7-2-7 shows reference values.
NOTE:
When applying oil to the flare surface, be sure to use oil designated by the manufacturer. If any other oil is used,
the lubricating oils may deteriorate and cause the compressor to burn out.
Table 7-2-7 Tightening torque of flare for R410A [Reference values]
Tightening torque of torque
Nominal
diameter
Outer diameter
(mm)
Tightening torque
N•m (kgf•m)
wrenches available on the market
N•m (kgf•m)
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
6.4
9.5
14 to 18 (1.4 to 1.8)
33 to 42 (3.3 to 4.2)
50 to 62 (5.0 to 6.2)
63 to 77 (6.3 to 7.7)
16 (1.6), 18 (1.8)
42 (4.2)
12.7
15.9
55 (5.5)
65 (6.5)
– 54 –
7-3. Tools
7-3-1. RequiredTools
Refer to the “4. Tools” (Page 8)
7-4. Recharging of Refrigerant
When it is necessary to recharge refrigerant, charge the specified amount of new refrigerant according to the
following steps.
Recover the refrigerant, and check no refrigerant
remains in the equipment.
When the compound gauge’s pointer has indicated
–0.1 Mpa (–76 cmHg), place the handle Low in the
fully closed position, and turn off the vacuum pump’s
power switch.
Connect the charge hose to packed valve service
port at the outdoor unit’s gas side.
Keep the status as it is for 1 to 2 minutes, and ensure
that the compound gauge’s pointer does not return.
Connect the charge hose of the vacuum pump
adapter.
Set the refrigerant cylinder to the electronic balance,
connect the connecting hose to the cylinder and the
connecting port of the electronic balance, and charge
liquid refrigerant.
Open fully both packed valves at liquid and gas
sides.
Place the handle of the gauge manifold Low in the
fully opened position, and turn on the vacuum pump’s
power switch. Then, evacuating the refrigerant in the
cycle.
(For refrigerant charging, see the figure below.)
1) Never charge refrigerant exceeding the specified amount.
2) If the specified amount of refrigerant cannot be charged, charge refrigerant bit by bit in COOL mode.
3) Do not carry out additional charging.
When additional charging is carried out if refrigerant leaks, the refrigerant composition changes in the
refrigeration cycle, that is characteristics of the air conditioner changes, refrigerant exceeding the
specified amount is charged, and working pressure in the refrigeration cycle becomes abnormally high
pressure, and may cause a rupture or personal injury.
(INDOOR unit)
(Liquid side)
(OUTDOOR unit)
Opened
Closed
(Gas side)
Refrigerant cylinder
(With siphon pipe)
Check valve
Open/Close valve
for charging
Service port
Electronic balance for refrigerant charging
Fig. 7-4-1 Configuration of refrigerant charging
– 55 –
1) Be sure to make setting so that liquid can be charged.
2) When using a cylinder equipped with a siphon, liquid can be charged without turning it upside down.
It is necessary for charging refrigerant under condition of liquid because R410A is mixed type of refrigerant.
Accordingly, when charging refrigerant from the refrigerant cylinder to the equipment, charge it turning the
cylinder upside down if cylinder is not equipped with siphon.
[ Cylinder with siphon ]
[ Cylinder without siphon ]
Gauge manifold
Gauge manifold
OUTDOOR unit
OUTDOOR unit
c y l i n d e r
a n t i g e r R e f r
Refrigerant
cylinder
Electronic
balance
Electronic
balance
Siphon
R410A refrigerant is HFC mixed refrigerant.
Therefore, if it is charged with gas, the composi-
tion of the charged refrigerant changes and the
characteristics of the equipment varies.
Fig. 7-4-2
7-5. Brazing of Pipes
1) Phosphor bronze brazing filler tends to react
with sulfur and produce a fragile compound
water solution, which may cause a gas
leakage.Therefore, use any other type of
brazing filler at a hot spring resort, etc., and
coat the surface with a paint.
7-5-1. Materials for Brazing
1. Silver brazing filler
Silver brazing filler is an alloy mainly composed
of silver and copper. It is used to join iron, copper
or copper alloy, and is relatively expensive though
it excels in solderability.
2) When performing brazing again at time of
servicing, use the same type of brazing filler.
2. Phosphor bronze brazing filler
Phosphor bronze brazing filler is generally used
to join copper or copper alloy.
7-5-2. Flux
1. Reason why flux is necessary
3. Low temperature brazing filler
• By removing the oxide film and any foreign
matter on the metal surface, it assists the flow
of brazing filler.
Low temperature brazing filler is generally called
solder, and is an alloy of tin and lead. Since it is
weak in adhesive strength, do not use it for
refrigerant pipes.
• In the brazing process, it prevents the metal
surface from being oxidized.
• By reducing the brazing filler's surface tension,
the brazing filler adheres better to the treated
metal.
– 56 –
2. Characteristics required for flux
7-5-3. Brazing
• Activated temperature of flux coincides with the
brazing temperature.
As brazing work requires sophisticated techniques,
experiences based upon a theoretical knowledge, it
must be performed by a person qualified.
• Due to a wide effective temperature range, flux
is hard to carbonize.
In order to prevent the oxide film from occurring in
the pipe interior during brazing, it is effective to
proceed with brazing while letting dry Nitrogen gas
flow.
• It is easy to remove slag after brazing.
• The corrosive action to the treated metal and
brazing filler is minimum.
• It excels in coating performance and is harm-
less to the human body.
Never use gas other than Nitrogen gas.
1. Brazing method to prevent oxidation
As the flux works in a complicated manner as
described above, it is necessary to select an
adequate type of flux according to the type and
shape of treated metal, type of brazing filler and
brazing method, etc.
1) Attach a reducing valve and a flow-meter to
the Nitrogen gas cylinder.
2) Use a copper pipe to direct the piping mate-
rial, and attach a flow-meter to the cylinder.
3. Types of flux
3) Apply a seal onto the clearance between the
piping material and inserted copper pipe for
Nitrogen in order to prevent backflow of the
Nitrogen gas.
• Noncorrosive flux
Generally, it is a compound of borax and boric
acid.
It is effective in case where the brazing tem-
perature is higher than 800°C.
4) When the Nitrogen gas is flowing, be sure to
keep the piping end open.
5) Adjust the flow rate of Nitrogen gas so that it
is lower than 0.05 m³/Hr or 0.02 MPa
• Activated flux
(0.2kgf/cm²) by means of the reducing valve.
Most of fluxes generally used for silver brazing
are this type.
6) After performing the steps above, keep the
Nitrogen gas flowing until the pipe cools down
to a certain extent (temperature at which
pipes are touchable with hands).
It features an increased oxide film removing
capability due to the addition of compounds
such as potassium fluoride, potassium chloride
and sodium fluoride to the borax-boric acid
compound.
7) Remove the flux completely after brazing.
4. Piping materials for brazing and used
brazing filler/flux
Piping
material
Used brazing
filler
Used
flux
M
Copper - Copper Phosphor copper Do not use
Flow meter
Copper - Iron
Iron - Iron
Silver
Silver
Paste flux
Vapor flux
Stop valve
Nitrogen gas
cylinder
From Nitrogen cylinder
1) Do not enter flux into the refrigeration cycle.
2) When chlorine contained in the flux remains
within the pipe, the lubricating oil deteriorates.
Therefore, use a flux which does not contain
chlorine.
Pipe
Nitrogen
gas
Rubber plug
3) When adding water to the flux, use water
which does not contain chlorine (e.g. distilled
water or ion-exchange water).
4) Remove the flux after brazing.
Fig. 7-5-1 Prevention of oxidation during brazing
– 57 –
7-6. Instructions for Re-use Piping of R22 or R407C
6. Check the oil when the existing air conditioner was
Instruction of Works:
removed after refrigerant had been recovered.
In this case, if the oil is judged as clearly different
compared with normal oil
The existing R22 and R407C piping can be
reused for our digital inverter R410A products
installations.
• The refrigerator oil is copper rust green :
There is possibility that moisture is mixed with the
oil and rust generates inside of the pipe.
NOTE)
Confirmation of existence of scratch or dent of the
former pipes to be applied and also confirmation of
reliability of the pipe strength are conventionally
referred to the local site.
• There is discolored oil, a large quantity of the
remains, or bad smell.
• A large quantity of sparkle remained wear-out
powder is observed in the refrigerator oil.
If the definite conditions can be cleared,
it is possible to update the existing R22 and
R407C pipes to those for R410A models.
7. The air conditioner which compressor was ex-
changed due to a faulty compressor.
When the discolored oil, a large quantity of the
remains, mixture of foreign matter, or a large
quantity of sparkle remained wear-out powder is
observed, the cause of trouble will occur.
7-6-1. Basic conditions need to reuse the
existing pipe
Check and observe three conditions of the refrigerant
piping works.
8. Installation and removal of the air conditioner are
repeated with temporary installation by lease and
etc.
1. Dry
(There is no moisture inside of the pipes.)
2. Clean (There is no dust inside of the pipes.)
3. Tight (There is no refrigerant leak.)
9. In case that type of the refrigerator oil of the
existing air conditioner is other than the following oil
(Mineral oil), Suniso, Freol-S, MS (Synthetic oil),
alkyl benzene (HAB, Barrel-freeze), ester series,
PVE only of ether series.
7-6-2. Restricted items to use the existing pipes
In the following cases, the existing pipes cannot be
reused as they are. Clean the existing pipes or ex-
change them with new pipes.
• Winding-insulation of the compressor may
become inferior.
1. When a scratch or dent is heavy, be sure to use the
new pipes for the works.
NOTE)
The above descriptions are results of confirmation by
our company and they are views on our air condition-
ers, but they do not guarantee the use of the existing
pipes of the air conditioner that adopted R410A in
other companies.
2. When the thickness of the existing pipe is thinner
than the specified “Pipe diameter and thickness” be
sure to use the new pipes for the works.
• The operating pressure of R410A is high
(1.6 times of R22 and R407C). If there is a scratch
or dent on the pipe or thinner pipe is used, the
pressure strength is poor and may cause break-
age of the pipe at the worst.
7-6-3. Branching pipe for simultaneous
operation system
• In the concurrent twin system, when TOSHIBA-
specified branching pipe is used, it can be reused.
Branching pipe model name:
RBC-TWP30E-2, RBC-TWP50E-2
On the existing air conditioner for simultaneous
operation system (twin system), there is a case of
using branch pipe that has insufficient compressive
strength.
* Pipe diameter and thickness (mm)
Pipe outer diameter Ø6.4 Ø9.5 Ø12.7 Ø15.9 Ø19.0
R410A
Thickness
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.0
1.0
R22
(R407C)
In this case please change it to the branch pipe for
R410A.
• In case that the pipe diameter is Ø12.7 mm or less
and the thickness is less than 0.7 mm, be sure to use
the new pipes for works.
7-6-4. Curing of pipes
When removing and opening the indoor unit or outdoor
unit for a long time, cure the pipes as follows:
3. The pipes are left as coming out or gas leaks.
(Poor refrigerant)
• There is possibility that rain water or air including
moisture enters in the pipe.
• Otherwise rust may generate when moisture or
foreign matter due to dewing enters in the pipes.
4. Refrigerant recovery is impossible.
(Refrigerant recovery by the pump-down operation
on the existing air conditioner)
• The rust cannot be removed by cleaning, and a new
piping work is necessary.
• There is possibility that a large quantity of poor
oil or moisture remains inside of the pipe.
Place position
Term
Curing manner
1 month or more
Less than 1 month
Every time
Pinching
5. A dryer on the market is attached to the existing
pipes.
Outdoors
Pinching or taping
• There is possibility that copper green rust gener-
ated.
Indoors
– 58 –
7-6-5. Final Installation Checks
Is there no scratch or dent on the existing pipes?
Existing pipe: NO * Use a new pipes.
NO
Is it possible to operate the existing air conditioner?
YES
* After the existing air conditioner operated in cooling mode
for approx. 30 minutes or longer*, recover the refrigerant.
* For cooling the pipes and recovering of oil
• Refrigerant recovery: Pump down method
Nitrogen gas pressure 0.5 Mpa
* Remove the existing air conditioner from the piping and
carry out flashing (nitrogen pressure 0.5 Mpa) to remove
the remains inside of the pipe.
Note] In case of twin, also be sure to flash the
branching pipe.
(If there is discharge of remains,
it is judged that there is a large quantity of remains.)
Was not largely discolored oil or
a large quantity of remains discharged?
(When the oil deteriorates, the color of the
oil changes to muddy and black color.)
NO
Clean the pipes or use the new pipes.
If you are in trouble of
pipe cleaning, please contact us.
YES
Connect the indoor/outdoor units to the existing pipe.
• Use a flare nut attached to the main unit for the
indoor/outdoor units.
(Do not use the flare nut of the existing pipe.)
• Re-machine the flare machining size to size for R410A.
Piping necessary to change the flare nut/
machining size due to pipe compression.
In case that the gas pipe Ø19 mm is used for the
outdoor unit of SM803 (3 HP) or higher:
(Gas pipe size of our R410A model 3 to 5 HP is Ø15.9 mm)
1) Flare nut width: H
(mm)
Ø12.7 Ø15.9 Ø19.0
→ Turn the existing pipe switch on the cycle control
Copper pipe
outer dia.
Ø6.4
Ø9.5
P.C board of the outdoor unit to ON side.
At shipment from factory OFF → ON for existing pipe
(Refer to the table below.) (Be sure to set the contents
in the table below in order to restrict the refrigerating
cycle pressure of the equipment in the pipe standard.)
17
22
26
24
29
27
36
For R410A
H
Same
For R22
Same as above
as above
Existing pipe SW
Switch
2) Flare machining size: A
(mm)
3 HP
Bit 3 of SW801
Bit 5 of SW801
Copper pipe
Ø6.4
Ø9.5
13.2
13.0
Ø12.7 Ø15.9 Ø19.0
outer dia.
A
4, 5 HP
9.1
9.0
16.6
16.2
19.7
19.4
24.0
23.3
For R410A
For R22
Becomes large a little for R410A
Do not apply the refrigerator oil to the flare surface.
* (Airtight test), Vacuum dry, Refrigerant charge,
Gas leak check
Trial run
– 59 –
7-6-6. Recovery method of refrigerant for RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E
• When recovering refrigerant in case of reinstalla-
tion of the indoor or outdoor unit, etc., use the
refrigerant recovery switch on the terminal block
of the outdoor unit.
Refrigerant
recovery switch
ON
1
Work procedure
2
3
1. Turn on the power supply.
2. Using the remote controller, set FAN operation to
the indoor unit.
Existing pipe switch SW801
3. Pushing the refrigerant recovery switch on the
terminal block of the outdoor unit starts the
forced cooling operation. (Max. 10 minutes), and
then the refrigerant is recovered by operation of
the valve.
1
2
3
L
N
4. After recovery of the refrigerant, push the
refrigerant recovery switch together with closing
the valve. The operation stops.
Only when the existing gas pipe Ø19 mm is used on
RAV-SM803AT-E model, change the setting of
SW801 No. 3.
ON
5. Turn off the power supply.
DANGER
Take care for an electric shock because the
control P.C. board is electrified.
1
2
3
7-6-7. Recovery method of refrigerant for RAV-SM1103AT-E, SM1403AT-E
• When recovering refrigerant in case of reinstalla-
tion of the indoor or outdoor unit, etc., use the
refrigerant recovery switch SW802 on the cycle
control P.C. board of the outdoor unit.
Refrigerant recovery switch SW802
Work procedure
1. Turn on the power supply.
2. Using the remote controller, set FAN operation to
the indoor unit.
S8W02
3. Pushing the refrigerant recovery switch SW802
on the cycle control P.C. board of the outdoor
unit starts the forced cooling operation.
S8W01
(Max. 10 minutes), and then the refrigerant is
recovered by operation of the valve.
L
N
M-C531
4. After recovery of the refrigerant, push the
refrigerant recovery switch SW802 together with
closing the valve. The operation stops.
5. Turn off the power supply.
Existing pipe switch SW801
Only when the existing gas pipe Ø19 mm is used on
RAV-SM1103AT-E model, change the setting of
SW801 No. 5.
ON
ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
– 60 –
8. CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM
8-1. Indoor Control Circuit
Main (Sub) master remote controller
Weekly timer
*1 Connection Interface is attached to
master unit.
Display
LCD
Function setup
LCD
Function setup
driver
(In case of group control operation)
CPU
CPU
*2 Weekly timer is not connectable to
the sub remote controller.
Display
Key switch
LED
Display
LCD
Key switch
CN2
CN1
DC5V
DC5V
Remote controller
Secondary
battery
Power
Power
circuit
communication
circuit
circuit
Central control remote controller
(Option)
2
*
Option
Option
Indoor unit
#1
#2
#3
A
B
A
B
A
B
Connection Interfase
(Option)
Indoor control P.C. board
(MCC-1402)
P.C. board
(MCC-1440)
Remote controller
communication
circuit
DC20V
EEPROM
U3
U4
TCC-LINK
communication
circuit
DC5V
DC12V
TA sensor
TC sensor
Same as
the left
Same as
the left
Duct type nothing
1
1
*
*
CPU
TCJ sensor
Float input
Louver
motor
Driver
Separately sold parts
for Ceiling type
Drain
pump
Outside output
Run
Separately sold parts
for Ceiling type
Warning Ready
Thermo. ON
Cool/Heat Fan
1
2
3
1
2
3
CPU
Fan motor
control
circuit
AC
Serial
Indoor
fan
motor
synchronous
send/receive
signal input circuit
circuit
Outdoor
unit
Outdoor
unit
Power circuit
DC280V
1 2 3
1 2 3
Wireless remote controller kit
Receiver P.C. board
Remote controller
communication circuit
Temporary
operation SW
Outdoor unit
Power
circuit
DC5V
CPU
Function
setup SW
Buzzer
Optional only for
4-way Air Discharge Cassette
and Under Ceiling type models
Receive circuit
Display LED
– 61 –
8-2. Control Specifications
No.
Item
Outline of specifications
1) Distinction of outdoor units
Remarks
1
When power
supply is reset
When the power supply is reset, the outdoors are
distinguished, and control is exchanged according to
the distinguished result.
2) Setting of speed of the indoor fan/setting whether to
adjust air direction or not.
(Only 4-way models)
Based on EEPROM data, speed of the indoor fan or Air speed/
setting whether to adjust air direction or not is
selected.
Air direction adjustment
2
Operation mode 1) Based on the operation mode selecting command
selection
from the remote controller, the operation mode is
selected.
Remote controller
Outline of control
command
STOP
FAN
Air conditioner stops.
Fan operation
COOL
DRY
Cooling operation
Dry operation
HEAT
AUTO
Heating operation
• COOL/HEAT operation mode is
automatically selected by Ta
and Ts for operation.
Ta : Room temperature
Ts : Setup temperature
Ta
(˚C)
COOL
Tsc : Setup temperature in
cooling operation
+1.5
(COOL ON)
Tsh : Setup temperature
+ Room temperature
control temperature
compensation
Tsc
or Tsh
(COOL OFF)
HEAT
-1.5
1) Judge the selection of COOL/HEAT mode as shown
in the figure above.
When 10 minutes passed after thermostat had been
turned off, the heating operation (Thermo OFF) is
exchanged to cooling operation if Tsh exceeds +1.5
or more.
(COOL OFF) and (COOL ON) in the figure indicate
an example.
When 10 minutes passed after thermostat had been
turned off, the cooling operation (Thermo OFF) is
exchanged to heating operation if Tsc exceeds –1.5
or less.
2) For the automatic capacity control after judgment of
COOL/HEAT, refer to item 4.
3) For the temperature correction of room temperature
control in automatic heating operation, refer to item 3.
– 62 –
No.
Item
Outline of specifications
Remarks
3
Room
temperature
control
1) Adjustment range Remote controller setup tem-
perature (°C)
COOL/
DRY
Heating
operation operation
Auto
Wired type
18 to 29
18 to 30
18 to 29
16 to 30
18 to 29
17 to 27
Wireless type
*
: Only for 4-way air discharge cassette type and
Under ceiling type
*
2) Using the item code 06, the setup temperature in
heating operation can be compensated.
Shift of suction tempera-
ture in heating operation
Setup data
0
2
4
6
Setup temp.
compensation
+0°C
+2°C
+4°C
+6°C
Setting at shipment
Setup data
2
4
5
Automatic
capacity control
(GA control)
1) Based on the difference between Ta and Ts, the
operation frequency is instructed to the outdoor
unit.
Air speed
selection
1) Operation with (HH), (H), (L), or [AUTO] mode is
performed by the command from the remote control-
ler.
HH > H > L > LL
2) When the air speed mode [AUTO] is selected, the air
speed varies by the difference between Ta and Ts.
<COOL>
Ta (˚C)
A
+3.0
B
C
D
HH
+2.5
+2.0
+1.5
+1.0
(HH)
H (HH)
H (HH)
L(H)
E
+0.5
Tsc
-0.5
L(H)
L(H)
L(L)
F
G
• Controlling operation in case when thermo of remote
controller works is same as a case when thermo of
the body works.
• If the air speed has been changed once, it is not
changed for 3 minutes. However when the air volume
is exchanged, the air speed changes.
• When cooling operation has started, the air speed
selects a downward slope, that is, the high position.
• If the temperature is just on the difference boundary,
the air speed does not change.
• Mode in the parentheses indicates one in automatic
cooling operation.
– 63 –
No.
Item
Outline of specifications
Remarks
5
Air speed
selection
<HEAT>
(Continued)
Ta (˚C)
L(L)
L(H)
H(H)
(-0.5) –1.0
(0)
Tsh
E
D
(+0.5) +1.0
H
(HH)
(+1.0) +2.0
(+1.5) +3.0
C
B
A
HH
(HH)
(+2.0) +4.0
Value in the parentheses indicates one when thermostat of
the remote controller works.
Value without parentheses indicates one when thermostat
of the body works.
• If the air speed has been changed once, it is not changed
for 1 minute. However when the air speed is exchanged,
the air speed changes.
• When heating operation has started, the air speed selects
a upward slope, that is, the high position.
• If the temperature is just on the difference boundary, the
air speed does not change.
Tc: Indoor heat exchanger
sensor temperature
• Mode in the parentheses indicates one in automatic
heating operation.
• In Tc ≥ 60°C, the air speed increases by 1 step.
[PRE-HEAT] display
• In heating operation, the mode changes to [LL] if thermo-
stat is turned off.
F5
F4
Tc
• If Ta ≥ 25°C when heating operation has started and when
defrost operation has been cleared, it operates with HIGH
(H) mode or (HH) for 1 minute from when Tc has entered
in E zone of cool air discharge preventive control (Item 6).
(˚C)
47
• In automatic cooling/heating operation, the revolution
frequency of [HH] is set larger than that in the standard
cooling/heating operation. However the revolution fre-
quency is restricted in the automatic heating operation as
shown in the following figure.
42
F5
6
Cool air
1) In heating operation, the indoor fan is controlled based
on the detected temperature of Tc sensor or Tcj sensor.
As shown below, the upper limit of the revolution fre-
quency is determined.
discharge
preventive
control
Tc
(˚C)
Tcj
HH
32
H
30
L
E zone
28
UL
D zone
26
OFF
C zone
B zone
A zone
20
16
– 64 –
No.
Item
Freeze
preventive
control
Outline of specifications
Remarks
7
1) The cooling operation (including Dry operation) is
performed as follows based on the detected tempera-
ture of Tc sensor or Tcj sensor.
Tcj : Indoor heat ex-
changer sensor
temperature
(Low
temperature
release)
When [J] zone is detected for 6 minutes (Following
figure), the commanded frequency is decreased from
the real operation frequency. After then the com-
manded frequency changes every 30 seconds while
operation is performed in [J] zone.
In [K] zone, time counting is interrupted and the
operation is held.
When [I] zone is detected, the timer is cleared and the
operation returns to the normal operation.
If the commanded frequency becomes S0 because the
operation continues in [J] zone, the return temperature
A is raised from 5°C to 12°C until [I] zone is detected
and the indoor fan
operates with [M] mode.
(˚C)
A
5
I
K
2
J
In heating operation, the freeze-preventive control
works if 4-way valve is not exchanged and the condi-
tion is satisfied. (However the temperature for J zone
dashing control is changed from 2°C to –5°C.)
8
High-temp
release control
1) The heating operation is performed as follows based on
the detected temperature of Tc sensor or Tcj sensor.
• When [M] zone is detected, the commanded fre-
quency is decreased from the real operation fre-
quency. After then the commanded frequency
changes every 30 seconds while operation is per-
formed in [M] zone.
• In [N] zone, the commanded frequency is held.
• When [L] zone is detected, the commanded fre-
quency is returned to the original value by approx.
6Hz every 60 seconds.
Setup at shipment
Tc(˚C)
M
Tcj
A
Control temp (°C)
N
A
B
B
56 (54)
52 (52)
L
NOTE :
When the operation has started or when Tc or Tcj became
lower than 30°C after start of the operation, temperature
is controlled between values in parentheses of A and B.
Same when thermostat is
turned off.
– 65 –
No.
Item
Outline of specifications
Remarks
9
Drain pump control 1) In cooling operation (including Dry operation), the
drain pump is usually operated.
2) If the float switch operates while drain pump
operates, the compressor stops, the drain pump
continues the operation, and a check code is
output.
3) If the float switch operates while drain pump stops,
the compressor stops and the drain pump oper-
ates. If the float switch keeps operating for approx.
4 minutes, a check code is output.
Check code [P10]
10 After-heat
elimination
When heating operation stops, the indoor fan oper-
ates with LOW mode for approx. 30 seconds.
11 Louver control
1) Louver position setup
• When the louver position is changed, the
position moves necessarily to downward dis-
charge position once to return to the set posi-
tion.
(For 4-way air
discharge cassette
type only)
• The louver position can be set up in the follow-
ing operation range.
In cooling/dry operation In heating/fan operation
• In group twin/triple operation, the louver posi-
tions can be set up collectively or individually.
2) Swing setup
• The swinging position can be moved in the
following operation range.
All modes
• In group twin/triple operation, the swinging
positions can be set up collectively or individu-
ally.
W arning :
3) When the unit stops or when a warning is output,
the louver automatically moves downward.
A check code is displayed
on the remote controller,
and the indoor unit stops.
(Excluding [F08] and
[L31])
4) While the heating operation is ready, the louver
automatically moves upward.
– 66 –
No.
Item
Outline of specifications
Remarks
12 Frequency fixed
operation
<In case of wired remote controller>
1. When pushing [CHECK] button for 4 seconds or more,
[TEST] is displayed on the display screen and the
mode enters in Test run mode.
(Test run)
2. Push [ON/OFF] button.
3. Using [MODE] button, change the mode from [COOL]
to [HEAT].
• Do not use other mode than [COOL]/[HEAT] mode.
• During test run operation, the temperature cannot be
adjusted.
• An error is detected as usual.
• A frequency fixed operation is performed.
4. After the test run, push [ON/OFF] button to stop the
operation. (Display in the display part is same as the
procedure in item 1).)
5. Push [CHECK] button to clear the test run mode.
([TEST] display in the display part disappears and the
status returns to the normal stop status.)
<In case of wireless remote controller>
(Option for 4-way air discharge cassette type only)
1. Turn off the power of the set.
Remove the adjuster with sensors from the ceiling
panel.
2. Turn Bit [1: TEST] of sensor P.C. board switch [S003]
from OFF to ON.
Attach the sensor P.C. board cover and mount the
adjuster with sensors to the ceiling panel.
Turn on the power of the set.
3. Push [ON/OFF] button of the wireless remote control-
ler and set the operation mode to [COOL] or [HEAT]
using [MODE] button.
(During test run operation, all the display lamps of
wireless remote controller sensors flash.)
• Do not use other mode than [COOL]/[HEAT] mode.
• An error is detected as usual.
• A frequency fixed operation is performed.
4. After the test run, push [ON/OFF] button to stop the
operation.
5. Turn off the power of the set.
Turn Bit [1: TEST] of sensor P.C. board switch [S003]
from ON to OFF.
Mount the adjuster with sensors to the ceiling panel.
13 Filter sign display 1) The operation time of the indoor fan is calculated, the
[FILTER] goes on.
(Except wireless
type)
filter reset signal is sent to the remote controller when
the specified time (2500H) has passed, and it is
displayed on LCD.
2) When the filter reset signal has been received from the
remote controller, time of the calculation timer is
cleared. In this case, the measurement time is reset if
the specified time has passed, and display on LCD
disappears.
– 67 –
No.
Item
Outline of specifications
Remarks
14 Central control 1) Setting at the central controller side enables to select
mode selection
the contents which can be operated on the remote
controller at indoor unit side.
2) RBC-AMT31E
[Last push priority] :
(No display)
The operation contents can be selected from both
remote controller and central controller of the indoor
unit side, and the operation is performed with the
contents selected at the last.
[Center] :
[CENTER] goes on.
[CENTER] goes on.
Start/Stop operation only can be handled on the remote
controller at indoor unit side.
[Operation Prohibited] :
It cannot be operated on the remote controller at indoor
unit side. (Stop status is held.)
In a case of wireless type, the
display lamp does not change.
However, contents which can
be operated are same.
The status set in [CENTER]/
[Operation Prohibited] mode is
notified with the receiving sound
“Pi, Pi, Pi, Pi, Pi” (5 times).
15 Energy-save
control
1) Selecting [AUTO] mode enables an energy-saving to be
operated.
(By connected
outdoor unit)
2) The setup temperature is shifted (corrected) in the
range not to lose the comfort ability according to input
values of various sensors.
3) Data (Input value room temp. Ta, Outside temp. To, Air
volume, Indoor heat exchanger sensor temp. Tc) for 20
minutes are taken the average to calculate correction
value of the setup temperature.
4) The setup temperature is shifted every 20 minutes, and
the shifted range is as follows.
In cooling time : +1.5 to –1.0K
In heating time : –1.5 to +1.0K
16 Louver control The louver angle is displayed setting 0° as “Full close”.
Full close
1) Louver
position
1) In the initial operation after power-ON, the position is
automatically controlled according to the operating
status (COOL/HEAT).
0˚
Cooling
Heating
45˚
103˚
2) After then a louver position is stored in the microcomputer every time when position
is operated on the remote controller, and the louver operates at the position stored
in memory in the next operation and after.
* If the operation mode has been changed from COOL to HEAT, from HEAT to
COOL, or the power has turned off, the stored louver position is cleared and the
status returns to one in item 1).
2) Air direction 1) When pushing [LOUVER] button during operation, the louver starts swinging.
adjustment
(Swing
operation)
2) When the louver has arrived at the desired position, push [LOUVER] again.
The louver stops at that position.
– 68 –
No.
Item
Outline of specifications
Remarks
17 Max. frequency 1) This control is operated by selecting [AUTO] operation
cut control
mode.
2) COOL operation mode: the frequency is controlled
according to the following figure if To < 28°C.
Ta(˚C)
Normal control
+4
Max. frequency is restricted
+3
to approximately the rated
cooling frequency
Tsc
3) HEAT operation mode: the frequency is controlled
according to the following figure if To > 15°C.
It cannot be operated on the remote controller at indoor
unit side. (Stop status is held.)
Ta(˚C)
Tsh
Max. frequency is restricted
to approximately the rated
heating frequency
–3
–4
Normal control
18 DC motor
1) When the fan operation has started, positioning of the
stator and the rotor are performed.
(Moves slightly with tap sound)
2) The motor operates according to the command from the
indoor controller.
NOTES :
• When the fan rotates while the air conditioner stops due to
entering of outside air, etc, the air conditioner may oper-
ated while the fan motor stops.
• When a fan locking is found, the air conditioner stops, and
an error is displayed.
Check code [P12]
– 69 –
Filter/Option error input
EEPROM
Connection interface
Microcomputer operation LED
DC fan output
Indoor/Outdoor
inter-unit cable
Optional
power supply
Remote controller
power supply LED
DC fan return
Float SW
*1
Drain pump output
Fan output
HA (T10)
TCJ sensor
EXCT
TA sensor
Remote controller inter-unit cable
Used for
servicing
DISP
CHK
Optional output
TC sensor
Louver
(Used only for 4-way Air
Discharge Cassette Type,Under ceiling type)
Revised : Mar. 2007
9. CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS
9-1. Indoor Control Circuit
9-1-1. Indoor P.C. Board Optional Connector Specifications
Connector Pin
Function
Specifications
DC12V (COM)
Remarks
No.
No.
Option output
CN60
1
2
Defrost output
ON during defrost operation of outdoor unit
ON during Real thermo-ON (Comp ON)
3
Thermo. ON output
Cooling output
4
ON when operation mode is in cooling system
(COOL, DRY, COOL in AUTO cooling/heating)
5
6
Heating output
Fan output
ON when operation mode is in heating system
(HEAT, HEAT in AUTO cooling/heating)
ON during indoor fan ON
(Air purifier is used/Interlock cable)
Outside error
input
CN80
CN70
1
2
3
1
DC12V (COM)
DC12V (COM)
Outside error input
(When continued for 1 minute)
Check code “L30” is output and forced operation stops.
Filter/Option/Humidifier Option error input is controlled. (Protective operation
setup input
Filter option
error
for device attached to outside is displayed.)
2
0V
* Setting of option error input is performed from remote
controller. (DN=2A)
CHK
Operation check
CN71
CN72
CN73
1
2
1
2
1
2
Check mode input
Used for operation check of indoor unit.
(Communication with outdoor unit or remote controller
is not performed, but the specified operation such as
indoor fan “H” or drain pump ON is output.)
0V
DISP display
mode
Display mode input
0V
Display mode enables indoor unit and remote controller
to communicate. (When power is turned on)
Demand input
0V
EXCT demand
Forced thermo-OFF operation in indoor unit
9-2. Outdoor Controls
9-2-1. Print Circuit Board
P.C. Board ComparisonTable for Digital Inverter
Model name RAV -SM
Model name RAV -SP
562AT-E/802AT-E 1102AT-E/1402AT-E
P.C. board
Part No.
563AT-E/803AT-E
1103AT-E/1403AT-E
Main MCC-5009 4316V284
1
1
Sub
MCC-1530 4316V293
4316V283
1
1
CDB MCC-1531
4316V282
4316V291
4316V278
1
1
1
1
IPDU MCC-1438
1: Applied
– 71 –
F01, 02, 25A fuse
P.C. board earth lead
(Black)
DB02:
High power factor diode
Q404:
High power factor circuit IGBT
C12, 13, 14
electrrolytiic capaacitor
F03: 3.15A fuse
DB01:
Single-phase rectifier diode
L-phase power supply lead
(Black)
N-phase power supply lead
(White)
Serial lead (Orange)
Reactor lead connector
(White)
CN701:
4-way valve connector
RY701:
4-way valve relay
Comp. lead
(Red) (White) (Black)
CN300:
Fan motor connector
CN602:
Outdoor temperature
(TO) sensor connector
12V
5V
GND
CN806:
Optional connector
CN600:
Heat exchange temperature
(TE) sensor connector
IC800: MCU
CN603:
Suction temperature
(TS) sensor connector
CN601:
Discharge temperature
(TD) sensor connector
CN500:
Case thermo
connector
Fan drive circuit
Q300 to Q305:
FET (QTY: 6P)
Comp. drive circuit
Q200 to Q205: IGBT (QTY: 6P)
IC200: Drive IG (QTY: 1P)
CN700:
PMV connector
CN605:
Sub SW board connector
J800 to 803, 806
Model switch jumper line
Model selection jumpers
(Available only service P.C. board)
J800 to J803
Refrigerant recovery Switch
SW802
Dip switch
SW801
Case thermo. switch
P.M.V. CN702 CN500
Communication signal
(To MCC-1438)
CN800
EEPROM-IC
IC801
TD sensor
CN600
Serial signal
(To terminal block)
CN02
TO sensor
CN601
TE sensor
CN604
AC input
(To MCC-1438)
CN01
TS sensor
CN605
Optional connector
CN804
4-way valve
CN700
Fan motor revolution
CN300
Fan motor output
CN301
DC15V input
(To MCC-1438)
CN04
DC320V input
(To MCC-1438)
CN03
Model selection jumpers
(Available only service P.C. board)
J800 to J803
Refrigerant recovery Switch
SW802
EEPROM-IC
IC801
Dip switch for service
SW801
Case thermo. switch
CN500
Communication signal
(To MCC-1438)
CN800
P.M.V. CN702
TD sensor
CN600
Serial signal
(To terminal block)
CN02
TO sensor
CN601
TE sensor
CN604
AC input
(To MCC-1438)
CN01
TS sensor
CN605
Not use
CN804
4-way valve
CN700
Fan motor 1 (Upper)
revolution
CN300
Fan motor 2 (Lower)
revolution
CN302
Fan motor 1 (Upper)
output
CN301
Fan motor 2 (Lower)
output
CN303
DC15V input
(To MCC-1438)
CN04
DC320V input
(To MCC-1438)
CN03
Reactor connector
DC15V output
(To MCC-1531)
CN05
Communication signal
(To MCC-1531)
CN06
AC output
(To MCC-1531)
CN13
IGBT
TH sensor
CN600
(Compressor drive device)
Earth ground
CN03
DC320V output
(To MCC-1531)
CN04
Compressor output
CN09, CN10, CN11
Mains (Neutral) input
CN02
Mains (Live) input
CN01
Rectifier
Rectifier connectors
P29 (Red), P28 (Black),
P21 (Orange), P24 (Brown)
Reactor Connector
Capacitor
9-2-2. Outline of Main Controls
1. Pulse Modulating V alve (PMV ) control
1) For PMV with 50 to 500 pulses during operation, respectively.
2) In cooling operation, PMV is controlled with the temperature difference between TS sensor and TC
sensor.
3) In heating operation, PMV is controlled with the temperature difference between TS sensor and TE
sensor.
4) For the temperature difference in items 2) and 3), 1 to 5K is aimed as the target in both cooling and
heating operations.
5) When the cycle excessively rose in both cooling and heating operations, PMV is controlled by TD
sensor.
The aimed value is usually 103°C for SM56, SM80 and 100°C for SM110, SM140 in both cooling and
heating operations.
REQUIREMENT
A sensor trouble may cause a liquid back-flow or abnormal overheat resulting in excessive shortening of the
compressor life. In a case of trouble on the compressor, be sure to check there is no error in the resistance
value an the refrigerating cycle of each sensor after repair and then start the operation.
2. Discharge temperature release control
1) This function controls the operation frequency, that
is, lowers the operation frequency when the
discharge temperature has not lower or the
discharge temperature has rapidly risen during
PMV control. It subdivides the frequency control
up to a unit of 0.6 Hz to stabilize the cycle.
TD [˚C]
Error stop ("P03" display with 4 times of error counts)
Frequency down
a
b
c
2) When the discharge temperature is detected in an
abnormal stop zone, the unit stops the compres-
sor and restarts after 2 minutes 30 seconds. The
error counter is cleared when it has continued the
operation for 10 minutes.
Frequency holding
d
e
If the abnormal stop zone has been detected by 4
times without clearing of counter, an error “P03” is
displayed.
Frequency slow-up
(Up to command)
As command is
* The cause is considered as excessively little
amount of refrigerant, defective PMV, or clogging
of cycle.
[°C]
a
b
c
d
e
Current [A]
SM56, SM80
117
111
107
106
103
100
100
95
93
90
Frequency down
SM110, SM140
I1
Hold
Hold
Normal operation
I1–0.5
3. Current release control
The output frequency and the output voltage are
controlled by AC current value detected by T02 on the
outdoor P.C. board so that input current of the inverter
does not exceed the specified value.
SM56
SM80
SM110
SM140
Objective model
COOL HEAT COOL HEAT COOL HEAT COOL HEAT
I1 value [A]
10.1
12.0
12.2
14.0
18.9
19.7
19.7
19.7
– 76 –
4. Outdoor fan control
Allocations of fan tap revolutions [rpm]
W 1
W 2
W 3
W 4
W 5
W 6
W 7
W 8
W 9
W A
W B W C W D
W
SM56
SM80
200 300 350 410 480 500 530 560 640 670 700 750 800 840
200 300 350 410 480 500 530 560 640 670 700 750 840 940
250 280 320 360 410 460 520 580 640 700 760 860 860 900
250 280 320 360 410 460 520 580 640 700 760 860 860 900
840
980
930
970
SM110
SM140
1) Cooling fan control
The outdoor fan is controlled by TE, TD, and TO sensors and also revolution frequency of the opera-
tion. The outdoor is controlled by every 1 tap of DC fan control (15 taps).
Only during 60 seconds after the operation has started, the fan is fixed with the maximum fan tap
which corresponds to the zone in the following table.
‚
After then the fan is controlled by TE sensor temperature.
Considering a case that TE sensor has come out of the holder, the fan is controlled so that revolution
frequency of the fan increases regardless of TE if temperature of TD sensor has risen.
ƒ
a
b
SM56, SM80
36
29
32
26
SM110, SM110
Operation with WE
TE [˚C]
TD [˚C]
+1 tap/20 seconds
rpm hold
85
80
75
65
a
b
Operation with
maximum tap in
each zone
–1 tap/20 seconds
Usual fan control
(The operation frequency differs according to the model type.)
Below 30Hz
Min.
Above 30 Hz below 45 Hz
Above 45 Hz
Min.
Temp. range
Max.
WA
W7
W5
W3
W2
WF
Min.
W7
W5
W4
W3
W2
W1
Max.
WC
W9
W7
W5
W4
WF
Max.
WF
WB
W9
W7
W5
WF
<
29°C TO
W5
W3
W2
W1
W1
W1
W9
W7
W6
W4
W3
W1
<
15 TO < 29°C
<
<
5
0
TO < 15°C
TO < 5°C
TO < 0°C
TO error
– 77 –
2) Heating fan control
The outdoor fan is controlled by TE sensor, TO sensor and the operation frequency.
(From Min. W1 to Max. are controlled according to the following table.)
During 3 minutes after start-up, the fan is fixed
‚
with the maximum fan tap corresponding to
zone in the following table. After then the fan is
controlled by temperature of TE sensor.
TE [˚C]
–2 tap/20 seconds
STOP timer count
>
If status, TE 24°C continues for 5 minutes, the
24
21
18
15
ƒ
„
operation stops.This status is same to the
usual Thermo-OFF which has no alarm display,
and the fan restarts after 2 minutes and 30
seconds.This intermittent operation is not
abnormal.
–2 tap/20 seconds
–1 tap/20 seconds
rpm hold
When the above status
occurs frequently, it
‚
+1 tap/20 seconds
is considered that the filter of suction part of the
indoor unit is stain. Clean the filter and then
restart the operation.
(The operation frequency differs according to the model type. The case of SM110 is shown in the table below.)
Temp. range
Below 33 Hz
Above 33 Hz below 51 Hz
Above 51 Hz
<
10°C TO
W7
WA
WF
WF
W8
WB
WF
WF
W9
WF
WF
WF
<
5
TO < 10°C
Maximum
TO < 5°C
TO error
5. Coil heating control
1) This control function heats the compressor by turning on the stopped compressor instead of a case
heater. It purposes to prevent slackness of the refrigerant inside of the compressor.
2) As usual, turn on power of the compressor for the specified time before a test run after installation,
otherwise a trouble of the compressor may be caused. As same as a test run, it is recommended to turn
on power of the compressor beforehand when starting operation after power of the compressor has been
interrupted for a long time.
3) A judgment for electricity is performed by TD and TO sensors. If TO sensor is defective, a backup control
is automatically performed by TE sensor. For a case of defective TO sensor, judge it with the outdoor LED
display.
4) Coil heating is controlled by TD and TE sensor.
5) For every model, the power is turned off when TD is 30°C or more.
(In trouble of TE sensor)
TO [˚C]
TE [˚C]
18
15
10
8
20
18
12
10
No power-ON
No power-ON
Power-ON condition
TD < 30˚C
Continuous ON (L)
Continuous ON (M)
Continuous ON (L)
Continuous ON (M)
* TD sensor is read in once per 15 minut.es
* TO sensor is read in once per 15 minutes
SM110, SM140
(Object: SM56, SM80)
L
20W and equivalent
40W and equivalent
TE [˚C]
M
No power-ON
0
–1
–6
–7
Continuous ON (L)
Continuous ON (H)
SM56, SM80
L
10W and equivalent
30W and equivalent
H
– 78 –
6. Defrost control
In heating operation, defrost operation is performed when TE sensor temperature satisfies any condition
in A zone to D zone.
The defrost operation is immediately finished if TE sensor temperature has become 12°C or more, or it
‚
<
also is finished when condition of 7°C TE < 12°C has continued for 1 minute.The defrost operation is
also finished when defrost operation has continued for 10 minutes even if TE sensor temperature has
become 7°C or lower.
After defrost operation has finished, the compressor and the outdoor fan start heating operation after
stopped for approx. 50 seconds.
ƒ
Start of heating operation
0
10
15
c
b
a
d
[min.]
TE [ºC]
–4 (–5)
A zone
–6 (–10)
–10 (–13)
B zone
–25 (–18)
D zone
C zone
*
Numerals enclosed with parentheses represent numeral values of SM110 and SM140.
* The minimum TE value between 10 and 15 minutes after heating operation has started is stored in memory as TE0.
>
A zone
B zone
C zone
D zone
Defrost operation is performed in this zone when TE0-TE 3 continued for T seconds.
>
Defrost operation is performed in this zone when TE0-TE 3 continued for T seconds.
Defrost operation is performed when this zone continued for T seconds.
Defrost operation is performed when this zone continued for T seconds.
SM56, SM80
SM110, SM140
a
b
c
d
T
35
29
29
90
20
50
35
30
90
20
– 79 –
10. TROUBLESHOOTING
10-1. Summary ofTroubleshooting
<W ired remote controller type>
1. Before troubleshooting
1) Required tools/instruments
+
–
•
and
screwdrivers, spanners, radio cutting pliers, nippers, push pins for reset switch
• Tester, thermometer, pressure gauge, etc.
2) Confirmation points before check
a) The following operations are normal.
1. Compressor does not operate.
• Is not 3-minutes delay (3 minutes after compressor OFF)?
• Does not thermostat turn off?
• Does not timer operate during fan operation?
• Is not outside high-temperature operation controlled in heating operation?
2. Indoor fan does not rotate.
• Does not cool air discharge preventive control work in heating operation?
3. Outdoor fan does not rotate or air volume changes.
• Does not high-temperature release operation control work in heating operation?
• Does not outside low-temperature operation control work in cooling operation?
• Is not defrost operation performed?
4. ON/OFF operation cannot be performed from remote controller.
• Is not the control operation performed from outside/remote side?
• Is not automatic address being set up?
(When the power is turned on at the first time or when indoor unit address setting is changed, the
operation cannot be performed for maximum approx. 5 minutes after power-ON.)
b) Did you return the cabling to the initial positions?
c) Are connecting cables of indoor unit and remote controller correct?
2. Troubleshooting procedure
When a trouble occurred, check the parts along with the following procedure.
→
→
Trouble
Confirmation of check code display
Check defective position and parts.
NOTE :
For cause of a trouble, power conditions or malfunction/erroneous diagnosis of microcomputer due to outer
noise is considered except the items to be checked. If there is any noise source, change the cables of the
remote controller to shield cables.
– 80 –
<W ireless remote controller type> (For 4-way air discharge cassette type only models)
1. Before troubleshooting
1) Required tools/instruments
+
–
•
and
screwdrivers, spanners, radio cutting pliers, nippers, etc.
• Tester, thermometer, pressure gauge, etc.
2) Confirmation points before check
a) The following operations are normal.
1. Compressor does not operate.
• Is not 3-minutes delay (3 minutes after compressor OFF)?
• Does not thermostat turn off?
• Does not timer operate during fan operation?
• Is not outside high-temperature operation controlled in heating operation?
2. Indoor fan does not rotate.
• Does not cool air discharge preventive control work in heating operation?
3) Outdoor fan does not rotate or air volume changes.
• Does not high-temperature release operation control work in heating operation?
• Does not outside low-temperature operation control work in cooling operation?
• Is not defrost operation performed?
4) ON/OFF operation cannot be performed from remote controller.
• Is not forced operation performed?
• Is not the control operation performed from outside/remote side?
• Is not automatic address being set up?
a) Did you return the cabling to the initial positions?
b) Are connecting cables between indoor unit and receiving unit correct?
2. Troubleshooting procedure
(When the power is turned on at the first time or when indoor unit address setting is changed, the operation
cannot be performed for maximum approx. 5 minutes after power-ON.)
When a trouble occurred, check the parts along with the following procedure.
Confirmation of lamp display
Check defective
→
→
(When 4-way air discharge cassette type
wireless remote controller is connected)
Trouble
position and parts.
1) Outline of judgment
The primary judgment to check where a trouble occurred in indoor unit or outdoor unit is performed with
the following method.
Method to judge the erroneous position by flashing indication on the display part of indoor unit
(sensors of the receiving unit)
The indoor unit monitors operating status of the air conditioner, and the blocked contents of self-diagnosis
are displayed restricted to the following cases if a protective circuit works.
– 81 –
10-2. Check Code List
Error mode detected by indoor and outdoor units
: Flash,
¥
: Go on,
l: Go off
¡
Wireless sensor
lamp display
Wired remote
controller
Diagnostic function
Status of air
Judgment and measures
Cause of operation
Condition
Operation Timer Ready Check code
conditioner
No communication from remote controller (including wireless)
and communication adapters
Stop
Displayed when 1. Check cables of remote controller and communication adapters.
(Automatic reset) error is detected
E03
• Handy remote controller LCD display OFF (Disconnection)
• Central remote controller [97] check code
¥
l l
The serial signal is not output from outdoor unit to indoor unit.
• Miscabling of inter-unit cables
• Defective serial sensing circuit on outdoor P.C. board
• Defective serial receiving circuit on indoor P.C. board
S top
Displayed when 1. Outdoor unit does not completely operate.
(Automatic reset) error is detected
• Inter-unit cable check, correction of miscabling, case thermo operation
• Outdoor P.C. board check, P.C. board cables check
2. In normal operation
E04
E08
¥
l
l
P.C. board (Indoor receiving/Outdoor sending) check
Duplicated indoor unit addresses
Stop
Displayed when 1. Check whether there is modification of remote controller connection (Group/
error is detected
Individual) or not after power has been turned on (finish of group configuration/
address check).
¥
l l
* If group configuration and address are not normal when the power has been turned
on, the mode automatically shifts to address setup mode. (Resetting of address)
Communication error between indoor MCU
• Communication error between fan driving MCU and main
MCU
Stop
Displayed when 1. Check cables of remote controller.
(Automatic reset) error is detected
E10
E18
2. Check power cables of indoor unit.
3. Check indoor P.C. board.
¥
¥
l l
l l
Regular communication error between master and sub indoor
units or between main and sub indoor units
Stop
Displayed when 1. Check cables of remote controller.
(Automatic reset) error is detected
2. Check indoor power cable.
3. Check indoor P.C. board.
1. Check indoor heat exchanger temperature sensor (TCJ).
2. Check indoor P.C. board.
Coming-off, disconnection or short of indoor heat exchanger
sensor (TCJ)
Stop
Displayed when
F01
F02
F04
F06
F08
F10
F29
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
l
l
¡
¡
¡
l
l
(Automatic reset) error is detected
1. Check indoor heat exchanger temperature sensor (TC).
2. Check indoor P.C. board.
Coming-off, disconnection or short of indoor heat exchanger
sensor (TC)
Stop
Displayed when
(Automatic reset) error is detected
1. Check outdoor temperature sensor (TD).
2. Check outdoor CDB P.C. board.
Coming-off, disconnection or short of outdoor temperature
sensor (TD)
Stop
Stop
Displayed when
error is detected
1. Check outdoor temperature sensor (TE/TS).
2. Check outdoor CDB P.C. board.
Coming-off, disconnection or short of outdoor temperature
sensor (TE/TS)
Displayed when
error is detected
1. Check outdoor temperature sensor (TO).
2. Check outdoor CDB P.C. board.
Coming-off, disconnection or short of outdoor temperature
sensor (TO)
Operation
continues.
Displayed when
error is detected
1. Check indoor heat exchanger temperature sensor (TA).
2. Check indoor P.C. board.
Coming-off, disconnection or short of indoor heat exchanger
sensor (TA)
Stop
Displayed when
(Automatic reset) error is detected
1. Check indoor EEPROM. (including socket insertion)
2. Check indoor P.C. board.
Indoor EEPROM error
• EEPROM access error
Stop
Displayed when
(Automatic reset) error is detected
1. Check power voltage. AC230V ±20V
Displayed when
Breakdown of compressor
• Displayed when error is detected
Stop
Stop
Stop
H01
H02
H03
error is detected 2. Overload operation of refrigerating cycle
3. Check current detection circuit at AC side.
¥
l
l
l l
1. Trouble of compressor (Compressor lock, etc.) : Replace compressor.
error is detected 2. Defective cabling of compressor (Phase missing)
3. Phase-missing operation of power supply (3-phase model)
Compressor does not rotate.
• Over-current protective circuit operates after specified time
passed when compressor had been activated.
Displayed when
¥
¥
l
l
Current detection circuit error
• Current value at AC side is high even during compressor-OFF.
• Phase of power supply is missed.
1. Compressor immediately stops even if restarted. : Check IPDU.
Displayed when
error is detected 2. Phase-missing operation of power supply
Check 3-phase power voltage and cables.
Duplicated indoor master units
1. Check whether there is modification of remote controller connection (Group/
Displayed when
Stop
Stop
Stop
L03
L07
L08
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
l
l
l
Individual) or not after power has been turned on (finish of group configuration/
address check).
error is detected
There is group line in individual indoor units.
Unsetting of indoor group address
Displayed when
error is detected
* If group configuration and address are not normal when the power has been turned
on, the mode automatically shifts to address setup mode. (Resetting of address)
Displayed when
error is detected
: Flash,
¥
: Go on,
l: Go off
¡
Wireless sensor
lamp display
Wired remote
controller
Diagnostic function
Judgment and measures
Status of air
conditioner
Cause of operation
Condition
Operation Timer Ready Check code
Unset indoor capacity
Stop
Displayed when 1. Set the indoor capacity. (DN=I1)
error is detected
L09
¥
¥
l
Outdoor unit and other errors
• Communication error between CDB and IPDU
(Coming-off of connector)
Stop
Displayed when 1. Check cables of CDB and IPDU.
error is detected
2. Abnormal overload operation of refrigerating cycle
L29
¥
l
l
• Heat sink temperature error
(Detection of temperature over specified value)
Abnormal outside interlock input
Stop
Displayed when 1. Check outside devices.
error is detected
L30
L31
¥
¥
¡
¡
¥
¥
2. Check indoor P.C. board.
Phase detection protective circuit operates. (Normal models)
Fan motor thermal protection
Operation continues. Displayed when 1. Check power phase order (Reversed phase)/phase missing.
(Compressor stops.) error is detected
2. Check outdoor P.C. board.
Stop
Displayed when 1. Check thermal relay of fan motor.
No check code is displayed.
error is detected
2. Check indoor P.C. board.
Discharge temperature error
• Discharge temperature over specified value was detected.
Stop
1. Check refrigerating cycle. (Gas leak)
2. Trouble of PMV
Displayed when
error is detected
P03
¥
¥
¥
¥
l
l
3. Check Td sensor.
High-pressure protection error by TE sensor
Stop
Stop
1. Overload operation of refrigerating cycle
2. Check outdoor temperature sensor (TE).
3. Check outdoor CDB P.C. board.
Displayed when
error is detected
(Temperature over specified value was detected.)
P04
P10
Float switch operation
• Disconnection, coming-off, defective float switch contactor of float
circuit
1. Defect of drain pump
2. Clogging of drain pump
3. Check float switch.
Displayed when
error is detected
¥
¥
l
4. Check indoor P.C. board.
Indoor DC fan error
Stop
1. Defective detection of position
2. Over-current protective circuit of indoor fan driving unit operates.
3. Lock of indoor fan
Displayed when
error is detected
P12
¥
l
l
¥
¥
¥
l
¥
¥
4. Check indoor P.C. board.
Error in 4-way valve system
• Indoor heat exchanger temperature lowered after start of heating
operation.
Stop
1. Check 4-way valve.
2. Check indoor heat exchanger (TC/TCJ) sensor.
3. Check indoor P.C. board.
Displayed when
error is detected
(Automatic reset)
P19
P22
Outdoor DC fan error
Stop
1. Defective detection of position
2. Over-current protective circuit of outdoor fan driving unit operates.
3. Lock of outdoor fan
Displayed when
error is detected
4. Check outdoor CDB P.C. board.
Inverter over-current protective circuit operates. (For a short time)
Short voltage of main circuit operates.
Stop
Stop
1. Inverter immediately stops even if restarted. : Compressor motor rare short
Displayed when
P26
P29
P31
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
l
l
l
error is detected 2. Check IPDU. : Cabling error
1. Position detection circuit operates even if operating compressor by
removing 3P connector. : Replace IPDU.
IPDU position detection circuit error
Displayed when
error is detected
Stop (Sub unit)
(Automatic reset)
1. Judge sub unit while master unit is in [E03], [L03], [L07], [L08].
error is detected 2. Check indoor P.C. board.
Own unit stops while warning is output to other indoor units.
Displayed when
For an error mode detected in outdoor unit, the fan operates because sub unit of a group operation does not communicate with the outdoor unit.
Error mode detected by remote controller
: Flash,
¥
: Go on,
l: Go off
¡
Wireless sensor
lamp display
Diagnostic function
Status of
Wired remote controller
Check code
Judgment and measures
Cause of operation
Condition
Operation Timer Ready
air conditioner
No communication with master indoor unit
• Remote controller cable is not correctly
connected.
• Power of indoor unit is not turned on.
• Automatic address cannot be completed.
Stop
—
Remote controller power error, Defective indoor EEPROM
1. Check remote controller inter-unit cables.
2. Check remote controller.
3. Check indoor power cables.
4. Check indoor P.C. board.
No check code is displayed.
(Remote controller does
not operate.)
—
—
—
5. Check indoor EEPROM. (including socket insertion)
: Phenomenon of automatic address repetition occurred.
No communication with indoor master unit
• Disconnection of inter-unit cable between remote
controller and master indoor unit
Stop
Displayed when Signal receiving of remote controller is defective.
(Automatic restart)
error is detected
1. Check remote controller inter-unit cables.
2. Check remote controller.
3. Check indoor power cables.
4. Check indoor P.C. board.
E01*2
E02
¥
¥
l l
* When there is center,
operation continues
(Detected at remote controller side)
Signal sending error to indoor unit
(Detected at remote controller side)
Stop
(Automatic restart)
Displayed when Signal sending of remote controller is defective.
error is detected
1. Check sending circuit inside of remote controller.
: Replace remote controller.
l l
l l
* When there is center,
operation continues.
Multiple master remote controllers are recognized.
(Detected at remote controller side)
Stop
Displayed when 1. Check there are multiple master units for 2 remote controllers
E09
L20
(Sub unit continues operation.) error is detected
(including wireless).
¥
¥
: Master unit is one and others are sub units.
Duplicated indoor central addresses on
communication of central control system
(Detected by central controller side)
Stop
(Automatic restart)
Displayed when 1. Check address setup of central control system network. (DN = 03)
error is detected
¡
¥
*2 Check code is not displayed by wired remote controller. (Usual operation of air conditioner is disabled.)
For wireless type models, E01 is notified by the display lamp.
Error mode detected by central remote controller
: Flash,
¥
: Go on,
l: Go off
¡
Wireless sensor
lamp display
Diagnostic function
Wired remote controller
Check code
Judgment and measures
Status of
Cause of operation
Condition
Operation Timer Ready
air conditioner
Sending error central remote controller
Operation continues
Displayed when 1. Check communication line/miscabling/ Check power of indoor unit.
—
—
—
C05
error is detected
2. Check communication. (U3, U4 terminals)
3. Check network adapter P.C. board.
4. Check central controller
(such as central control remote controller, etc.).
5. Terminal resistance check (connection interface SW01)
Receiving error in central remote controller
Operation continues
Displayed when
error is detected
—
—
—
—
—
—
C06
P30
Differs according to error contents of unit with
occurrence of alarm.
Continuation/Stop
(Based on a case)
Displayed when Check the check code of corresponding unit by remote controller
error is detected
Revised : Mar. 2007
10-3. Error Mode Detected by LED on Outdoor P.C. Board
RAV-SM1103AT-E, RAV-SM1403AT-E /
RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E, RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E
<SW801: LED display in bit 1, bit 2 OFF>
• When multiple errors are detected, the latest error is displayed.
• When LED display is
(Go on), there is the main cause of trouble on the objective part of control at CDB
¡
side and the unit stops.
• When LED display is
(Flash), there is the main cause of trouble on the objective part of control at IPDU
¥
side and the unit stops.
• When case thermostat operates, the communication is interrupted on the serial circuit. If continuing the case
thermostat operation, a serial communication error occurs because serial sending to the indoor unit is
interrupted.
Check code
LED display
No.
Item
D800
(Red)
D801
(Yellow)
D802
(Yellow)
D803
(Yellow)
Type A
Type B
1
2
3
4
5
6
TE sensor error
F06
F04
F06
F08
P03
P22
18
19
18
1B
1E
1A
¡
¡
l
l
l
¡
l
¡
l
¡
¡
¡
l
l
¡
l
¡
¡
l
l
l
l
l
l
TD sensor error
TS sensor error
TO sensor error
Discharge temp. error
DC outdoor fan error
Communication error
between IPDU
(Abnormal stop)
CDB side
7
L29
1C
¡
¡
l
l
High-pressure release
operation
21
—
—
8
9
P04
—
¡
¡
¡
¡
l
l
l
¡
EEPROM error
¡
Communication error
10 between IPDU
—
—
¡
l
l
(No abnormal stop)
IGBT short-circuit
protection
11
P26
14
¥
l
l
l
12 Detection circuit error
13 Current sensor error
14 Comp. lock error
P29
H03
H02
H01
16
17
1D
1F
¥
¥
l
l
l
¥
l
¥
l
l
¥
¥
l
l
l
l
IPDU side
15 Comp. breakdown
: Go on
: Flash (5Hz)
l : Go off
¡
¥
<<Check code>>
The check codes are classified into Type A and Type B according to the used remote controller.
Be sure to check the remote controller which you use.
Type A :
Neutral 2-cores type wired remote controller such as RBC-AMT31E, RBC-AS21E2, and wireless
remote controller kit such asTCB-AX21U (W)-E2.
Type B :
Polarized 3-cores type wired remote controller such as RBC-SR1-PE2, RBC-SR2-PE2, and central
control remote controller such as RBC-CR64-PE2.
– 85 –
10-4. Troubleshooting Procedure for Each Check Code
10-4-1. Check Code
[E01 error]
NO
Correct inter-unit cable of remote controller.
Is inter-unit cable of A and B normal?
YES
Is there no disconnection
or contact error of connector on harness
from terminal block of indoor unit?
YES
Correct connection of connector.
Check circuit cables.
NO
NO
Is group control operation?
YES
NO
Check power connection of indoor unit.
(Turn on power again.)
Is power of all indoor units turned on?
YES
NO
Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).
Is power supplied to remote controller?
AB terminal: Approx. DC18V
Defect
Replace
YES
YES
Correct as a master unit/a sub unit
(Remote controller address connector)
Are two remote controllers
set without master unit?
NO
Check remote controller P.C. board.
Defect
Replace
[E09 error]
YES
Correct as a master unit/a sub unit
(Remote controller address connector)
Are two remote controllers
set without master unit?
NO
Check remote controller P.C. board.
Defect
Replace
– 86 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
[E04 error]
NO
Does outdoor unit operate?
YES
NO
NO
Is setup of group address correct?
YES
Check item code [14].
Correct inter-unit cable.
Are 1, 2, 3 inter-unit cables normal?
YES
Are connections from connectors
of inter-terminal blocks (1, 2, 3)
of indoor/outdoor units normal?
NO
NO
Correct connection of connector.
YES
Check indoor P.C. board
(MCC-1402).
Does voltage between
2 and 3 of inter-terminal blocks (1, 2, 3)
of indoor unit vary?*
Defect
Replace
YES
As shown in the following figure, perform measurement
within 20 seconds after power ON.
*
S5277G
Black
White
3
2
1
Inter-terminal block
YES
Check/Correct charged
refrigerant amount.
Does case thermo. operate?
NO
Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).
Defect Replace
RAV-SM563AT-E
RAV-SM803AT-E
MCC-5009
RAV-SM1103AT-E
RAV-SM1403AT-E
RAV-SP562AT-E
RAV-SP802AT-E
RAV-SP1102AT-E
RAV-SP1402AT-E
Check outdoor P.C. board
Defect Replace
MCC-1531 and MCC-1438
– 87 –
[E10 error]
Check indoor control P.C. board (MCC-1402).
Defect Replace
[E18 error]
NO
Correct inter-unit cable of remote controller.
Is inter-unit cable of A and B normal?
YES
Is there no disconnection
or contact error of connector on harness
from terminal block of indoor unit?
YES
YES
Correct connection of connector.
Check circuit cables.
NO
NO
Is group control operation?
NO
Is power of all indoor units turned on?
Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).
Check power connection of indoor unit.
(Turn on power again.)
Defect
Replace
[E08, L03, L07, L08 error]
E08 : Duplicated indoor unit numbers
L03 :Two or more master units in a group control
L07 : One or more group addresses of [Individual] in a group control
L08 : Unset indoor group address (99)
If the above is detected when power has been turned on, the mode automatically enters in automatic ad-
dress setup mode. (Check code is not displayed.)
However, if the above is detected during automatic address setup mode, the check code may be displayed.
[L09 error]
YES
Set capacity data of indoor unit.
(Setup item code (DN) = 11)
Is capacity of indoor unit unset?
NO
Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).
Defect
Replace
– 88 –
[L20 error]
NO
Correct cable connection
Are cable connections to communication line U3, U4 normal?
YES
YES
Are not multiple same central
control network addresses connected?
Correct central control network address.
NO
Check central controller (including connection interface) indoor P.C. board.
Defect → Replace.
[L30 error]
NO
NO
Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).
Are outside devices of connector CN80 connected?
YES
Defect → Replace
Check outside devices.
Defect → Replace
Do outside devices normally operate?
YES
Check operation cause.
[P10 error]
NO
Is connection of float switch connector
(Indoor control P.C. board CN34) normal?
Correct connection of connector.
Check and correct cabling/wiring.
YES
NO
NO
NO
Does float switch
Is circuit
operate?
cabling normal?
YES
YES
Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).
Defect → Replace
NO
Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).
Defect → Replace
Does drain pump
Is power of drain
pump turned on?
operate?
YES
YES
Replace drain pump.
Check cabling.
Check drain pipe, etc.
[F10 error]
NO
Is connection of TA sensor connector
(indoor P.C. board CN104) normal?
Correct connection of connector.
Replace TA sensor.
YES
NO
Are characteristics of TA sensor resistance value normal?
YES
* Refer to Characteristics-1.
Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).
Defect → Replace
– 89 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
[P12 error]
<Only for 4-way air discharge cassette type models>
Turn off the power.
Are not there connections errors or
disconnection on connectors CN333 and CN334
of indoor unit P.C. board (MCC-1402)?
YES
Correct connection of connector.
NO
Remove connectors CN333 and
CN334 of indoor unit P.C. board
(MCC-1402).
NO
Does the fan rotate without trouble
when handling the fan with hands?
Replace indoor fan motor.
Replace indoor fan motor.
YES
Are resistance values between phases
at fan motor connector CN333 motor side of
indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402) correct? *1
NO
1
*
YES
1
3
• Are not coil windings between
(Red lead) and
(White lead),
3
5
between
(White lead) and
(Black lead), between
5
1
(Black lead) and
(Red lead) opened or shorted?
For resistance, see the following values.
RAV-SM56, SM80, SM1102, SP56, SP80
Approx. 70 to 100
RAV-SM1103, SM1403, SP110, SP140
Approx. 35 to 50
10M or more
• Is not earthed between cabinet and 1, 3, 5
Is resistance value of fan motor connector
CN333 at motor side of indoor P.C. board
(MCC-1402) correct? *2
NO
Replace indoor fan motor.
2
YES
*
Check resistance of fan motor position detection circuit.
1
4
Is not coil winding between
(Yellow lead) and
(Pink lead)
opened or shorted?
NO
Resistance: Approx. 5 to 20k
Is signal output of indoor fan motor
position detection correct? *3
Replace indoor fan motor.
YES
3
*
Check fan motor position detection signal.
• Using a tester, measure the voltage between CN334
1
5
and
of
indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402) under condition that CN333 and
CN334 are mounted and the power is turned on.
Rotate the fan slowly with hands,
and check the pin voltage
swings between 0 to 5V voltage.
4
5
• Between
and
: 5V
CN333
Check indoor P.C. board
(MCC-1402).
Defect
Replace
CN334
– 90 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
[P22 error]
Are connections of CN301 and
CN300 of P.C. board correct?
YES
Does the fan rotate without trouble
NO
NO
CN301, CN303
when handling the fan with hands under condition
of removing CN301 and CN300 from P.C. board?
YES
The status that the resistance values
between leads below are 50 to 80
for 40 motor (ICF-140-40) and 25 to 55
for 60 motor (ICF-140-60-1) is normal.
1
2
2
Between
Between
Between
(Red lead) and
(White lead) and
(Black lead) and
(White lead)
(Black lead)
3
(Red lead)
3
1
of motor winding of connector (CN301)
CN300
YES
CN300 : Motor coil winding
CN301 : Motor position detection
The status that there is
NO
5k to 20kΩ resistance values between
CN301, CN303 : Motor coil winding
CN300, CN302 : Motor position detection
SM110, SM140, SP56, SP80, SP110, SP140
1
(Yellow lead) and
4
(Pink lead)
of motor position detection of
connector (CN300) is normal.
YES
Normal fan motor
(Control or CDB P.C. board)
Defective fan motor
(Control P.C. board or CDB P.C. board)
NOTE :
However, GND circuit error inside of the motor is rarely detected even if the above check is carried out.
When the circuit does not become normal even if P.C. board has been replaced, replace outdoor fan motor.
Single phase
RAV-SM563AT-E
RAV-SM803AT-E
RAV-SP562AT-E, SP802AT-E
RAV-SM1103AT-E, SM1403AT-E
RAV-SP1102AT-E, SP1402AT-E
Objective P.C. board
Fan motor winding
Control P.C. board
CN300
CDB P.C. board
CN301
CDB P.C. board
CN301/CN303
CN300/CN302
Motor position detection
CN301
CN300
– 91 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
[P19 error]
Is voltage applied
to 4-way valve coil terminal
in heating operation?
NO
NO
Is operation of
4-way valve normal?
YES
YES
Is flow of refrigerant
by electron expansion
valve normal?
NO
Check 4-way valve
Defect
Replace
YES
Check and replace
electron expansion
valve.
NO
Is circuit cable normal?
YES
Check and correct circuit.
Are characteristics
of TC sensor resistance
value normal?
NO
YES
* Refer to Characteristics-2.
NO
Check CDB P.C. board.
YES
Replace TC sensor.
Check CDB P.C. board.
Defect Replace
Check indoor P.C. board.
Defect Replace
* For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E, check control P.C. board.
• In cooling operation, if high pressure is abnormally raised, [P19 error] / [08 error] may be displayed.
In this case, remove cause of pressure up and then check again referring to the item [P04 error] / [21 error].
[F02 error]
NO
Is connection of TC sensor connector
Correct connection of connector.
(Indoor P.C. board CN101) normal?
YES
NO
Are characteristics of
TC sensor resistance value normal?
Replace TC sensor.
YES
* Refer to Characteristics-2.
Check indoor P.C. board
(MCC-1402).
Defect
Replace
– 92 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
[F01 error]
NO
Is connection of TCJ sensor connector
(Indoor P.C. board CN102) normal?
Correct connection of connector.
Replace TCJ sensor.
YES
NO
Are characteristics of
TCJ sensor resistance value normal?
YES
* Refer to Characteristics-2.
Check indoor P.C. board
(MCC-1402).
Defect
Replace
[P26 error]
NO
Improve the power supply line.
Is power voltage normal?
YES
Check and correct circuit cables.
Correct connection of connector.
Check and correct reactor connection.
NO
Are connections of
cabling/connector normal?
YES
* For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E,
check RY01 on the control P.C. board.
Are not “P26” and “14” errors output
YES
NO
Does RY01 relay of
IPDU operate?
when an operation is performed by
removing 3P connector of compressor?
NO
YES
* Single-phase type is not provided to
RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E.
Replace IPDU.
YES
Is not AC fuse fused?
NO
* Replace control P.C. board of
RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E.
Replace IPDU.
NO
Is compressor normal?
YES
* Replace control P.C. board
of RAV-SM563AT-E,
SM803AT-E.
Check IPDU.
Defect Replace
Check rare short of compressor trouble.
Defect Replace
– 93 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
[P29 error]
NO
NO
Check and correct circuit cabling
such as cabling to compressor.
Are connections of
cable/connector normal?
YES
Is compressor normal?
YES
YES
Compressor error
Compressor error
Compressor error
Replace
Replace
Replace
Is not earthed?
NO
YES
Is not winding shorted?
(Is resistance between windings 0.6 to 1.2 ?)
NO
YES
Is not winding opened?
NO
Check IPDU P.C. board.
Defect Replace
* For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E,
replace control P.C. board.
[H03 error]
NO
Are cablings of power and
current sensor normal?
Check and correct circuit cables.
YES
Check IPDU.
* For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E, replace control P.C. board.
Defect
Replace
– 94 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
[F06 error]
Are connections of
TE/TS sensor connectors of
CDB CN604/CN605 normal?
NO
Correct connection of connector.
YES
* (For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E, CN600 TE sensor and CN603 TS sensor)
NO
Are characteristics of TE/TS sensor
resistance values normal?
Replace TE and TS sensors.
YES
Check CDB.
* Refer to Characteristics-3.
Defect
Replace
[F04 error]
NO
Is connection of TD sensor connector
of CDB CN600 normal?
Correct connection of connector.
YES
* (For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E, CN601 TD sensor)
NO
Are characteristics of TD sensor
resistance value normal?
Replace TD sensor.
YES
Check control P.C. board.
* Refer to Characteristics-4.
Defect
Replace
[F08 error]
NO
Is connection of TO sensor connector
of CDB CN601 normal?
Correct connection of connector.
YES
* (For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E, CN602 TO sensor)
NO
Are characteristics of TO sensor
resistance value normal?
Replace TO sensor.
YES
Check CDB.
* Refer to Characteristics-5.
Defect
Replace
– 95 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
[L29 error]
Are connections of
CDB CN800 and CDB IPDU CN06
connectors normal?
NO
Correct connection of connector.
YES
YES
NO
Check cabling between IPDU
and CDB and connector.
Was the error just after
power ON determined?
Are cabling/connector normal?
YES
NO
IPDU P.C. board error
Defect
Replace
YES
NO
Improve and eliminate the cause.
Is there no abnormal overload?
NO
Is IPDU P.C. board come to
closely contact with heat sink?
Correct mounting.
YES
IPDU P.C. board error
Defect
Replace
[H02 error]
NO
Improve power line.
Is power voltage normal?
YES
Check and correct circuit cabling such
as cabling to compressor
(phase missing) and connector.
NO
Are connections of
cable/connector normal?
YES
NO
NO
Is there no
slackened refrigerant?
Compressor lock
Replace
Is compressor normal?
YES
YES
NO
Check TE and TS sensors. Replace
Check electron expansion valve. Replace
Does electron expansion
valve normally operate?
YES
Check IPDU and CDB.
* For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E,
replace control P.C. board.
Defect
Replace
– 96 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
[P03 error]
NO
NO
Correct the cabling and
connection of connector.
Is protective control such as
discharge temprelease control normal?
Are connections of
cable/connector normal?
YES
YES
Check parts. Defect
Replace
NO
Check and correct the charged
refrigerant amount.
Is charged refrigerant amount normal?
YES
YES
Improve and delete the cause
Replace TD sensor.
Check CDB.
Is not abnormal overload?
NO
NO
Are characteristics of
TD sensor resistance value normal?
* Refer to Characteristics-4.
YES
Defect
Replace
* For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E, replace control P.C. board.
[H01 error]
NO
Improve power line.
Is power voltage normal?
YES
YES
Improve and delete the cause.
Is not abnormal overload?
NO
NO
Is the circuit detected by
current sensor normal?
Check and correct circuit cables.
Check IPDU.
YES
Defect
Replace
* For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E, replace control P.C. board.
– 97 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
[P04 error]
Is high-voltage
protective operation by
TE sensor normal?
NO
YES
NO
Correct connection of
cabling connector.
Is connection of cabling
connector normal?
YES
Check TE sensor.
Defect
Replace
NO
Does cooling outdoor fan
normally operate?
YES
NO
NO
Correct connection of
connector.
Is connection of
connector normal?
YES
Replace fan motor.
Is fan motor normal?
YES
NO
Does PMV normally operate?
YES
NO
NO
Do not TD and TO sensors
Correct coming-off.
come off the detection part?
YES
Check TE, TC, TS sensors.
Replace electron expansion valve.
Are characteristics of
TD, TO, TC sensor resistance
values normal?
Replace TD, TO,
and TC sensors.
YES
* Refer to Characteristics-3 and 4.
Check charged refrigerant amount.
Check liquid/gas valves.
Check abnormal overload.
Check CDB.
Defect Replace
* For RAV-SM563AT-E, SM803AT-E, replace control P.C. board.
– 98 –
[C06 error] (Central controller)
NO
NO
Correct communication line.
Is U3, U4 communication line normal?
YES
Are connections between connectors
CN51 of connection interface P.C. board
and connectors CN51 of indoor P.C. board
normal?
Correct connection of connector.
YES
NO
Check connections of A, B terminal blocks.
Correct communication line of remote controller.
Is A, B communication line normal?
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Correct power cable.
Turn on the source power supply.
Clear the check code.
Is there no connection error of power line?
NO
Is not power of source power supply turned on?
NO
Did a power failure occur?
NO
Eliminate noise, etc.
Is there no noise source, etc.?
NO
NO
(Same as others)
Can central remote controller
control normally other indoor units?
Is handling of central remote controller reflected
on the operation status of indoor unit?
Check central controller.
Defect → Replace
YES
NO
Can handy remote controller control
normally other indoor units?
Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).
Defect → Replace
YES
Check connection interface P.C. board.
Defect → Replace
– 99 –
[E03 error] (Master indoor unit)
[E03 error] is detected when the indoor unit cannot receive a signal sent from the main remote controller (and
central controller).
In this case, check the communication cables of the remote controllers A and B, the central control system X
andY. As communication is disabled, [E03] is not displayed on the main remote controller and the central
controller. [E01] is displayed on the main remote controller and [97 error] on the central controller, respectively.
If [E03] occurs during an operation, the air conditioner stops.
[F29 error] / [12 error]
[F29 error] or [12 error] indicates detection of trouble which occurred on IC10 non-volatile memory (EEPROM)
on the indoor unit P.C. board during operation of the air conditioner. Replace the service P.C. board.
* If EEPROM has not been inserted when the power was turned on or if EEPROM data never be read/written,
the automatic address mode is repeated. In this time, the central controller displays [97 error].
(Power ON)
(Approx. 3 minutes)
[SET] is displayed on
main remote controller.
(Approx. 1 minute)
[SET] goes off.
(Repetition)
LED (D02) on
indoor unit P.C. board flashes
with 1Hz for approx. 10 seconds.
Reboot
(Reset)
[P31 error] (Sub indoor unit)
When the master unit of a group operation has detected [E03], [L03], [L07], or [L08] error, the sub unit of the
group operation detects [P31 error] and then it stops.There is no display of the check code or alarm history of
the main remote controller.
(In this model, the mode enters in automatic address set mode when the master unit has detected [E03], [L03],
[L07], or [L08] error.)
– 100 –
10-4-2. Relational Graph ofTemperature Sensor Resistance Value and Temperature
20
40
TA sensor
TC,TCJ sensor
Caracteristics-2
30
Caracteristics-1
Resistance
(k )
Resistance
(k )
10
20
10
0
0
10 20 30
40 50
–10
0
10 20
30 40 50 60 70
Temperature [˚C]
Temperature [˚C]
TE, TO, TS sensor
20
200
Caracteristics-3
Resistance
Resistance
(k )
(10˚C or lower)
(k )
(10˚C or higher)
10
100
0
0
-10
0
10 20 30
40 50 60 70
Temperature [˚C]
TD sensor
20
200
Caracteristics-4
Resistance
Resistance
(k )
(50˚C or lower)
(k )
(50˚C or higher)
10
100
0
0
50
100
Temperature [˚C]
– 101 –
11. REPLACEMENT OF SERVICE INDOOR P.C. BOARD
[Requirement when replacing the service indoor P.C. board assembly]
In the non-volatile memory (Hereinafter said EEPROM, IC10) installed on the indoor P.C. board before replace-
ment, the type and capacity code exclusive to the corresponding model have been stored at shipment from the
factory and the important setup data such as system/indoor/group address set in (AUTO/MANUAL) mode or
setting of high ceiling selection have been stored at installation time. Replace the service indoor P.C. board
assembly according to the following procedure.
After replacement, check the indoor unit address and also the cycle by a test run.
<REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE>
CASE 1
Before replacement, power of the indoor unit can be turned on and the setup data can be readout
from the wired remote controller.
Read EEPROM data *1
ò
Replace service P.C. board & power ON *2
ò
Write the read data to EEPROM *3
ò
Power reset (All indoor units in the group when group operation)
CASE 2
Before replacement the setup data can not be readout from the wired remote controller.
Replace service P.C. board & power ON *2
ò
Write the data such as high ceiling setup to EEPROM (According to the customers’ information) *3
ò
Power reset (All indoor units in the group when group operation)
– 102 –
r1 Readout of the setup data from EEPROM
(Data in EEPROM contents, which have been changed at the local site, are read out together with data in EEPROM
set at shipment from the factory.)
TEST
1. Push
,
CL , and
buttons of the remote controller at the same time for 4 seconds or more. 1
SET
(Corresponded with No. in Remote controller)
When group operation, the master indoor unit address is displayed at the first time. In this time, the item code
(DN) 10 is displayed. The fan of the selected indoor unit operates and the louver starts swinging if any.
UNIT
2. Every pushing
Specify the indoor unit No. to be replaced.
3. Using the set temperature
button, the indoor unit address in the group are displayed successively. 2
/
buttons, the item code (DN) can be moved up and down one by one. 3
4. First change the item code (DN) from 10 to 01.
(Setting of filter sign lighting time) Make a note of the set data displayed in this time.
5. Next change the item code (DN) using the set temperature
/
buttons. Also make a note of the set data.
6. Repeat item 5. and make a note of the important set data as shown in the later table (Ex.).
• 01 to FF are provided in the item code (DN). On the way of operation, DN No. may come out.
TEST
7. After finishing making a note, push
button to return the status to usual stop status. 6
(Approx. 1 minute is required to start handling of the remote controller.)
Minimum requirements for item code
1) Type and capacity of the indoor unit is necessary to set the revolutions
frequency of the fan.
DN
Contents
10 Type
2) If Line/Indoor/Group addresses differ from those before replacement, the
mode enters in automatic address setup mode and a manual resetting
may be required.
11 Indoor unit capacity
12 Line address
13 Indoor address
14 Group address
Notes)
When
replacement
MCC-1402
Set Short-circuit-plug on the same
position as the P. C. board to replace.
If short-circuit-plug is inserted in
CN34 of the P. C. board to replace,
re-use it in service P. C. board.
CN34
r2 Replacement of service P.C. board
1. Replace the P.C. board with a service P.C. board.
In this time, setting of jumper line (cut) or setting of (short-circuit) connecting connectors on the former P.C. board
should be reflected on the service P.C. board. (See Appendix 1, page 4)
2. According to the system configuration, turn on power of the indoor unit with any method in the following items.
a) In case of single (individual) operation
Turn on the power supply.
1) Wait for completion of automatic address setup mode (Required time: Approx. 5 minutes) and then
proceed to r3.
(Line address = 1, Indoor address = 1, Group address = 0 (Individual) are automatically set.)
TEST
2) Push
,
CL , and
buttons of the remote controller at the same time for 4 seconds or more
SET
(1 operation), interrupt the automatic address setup mode, and then proceed to r3.
(Unit No. ALL is displayed.)
b) In case of group operation
Turn on power of the indoor unit of which P.C. board has been replaced with the service P.C. board with any
method in the following items.
1) Turn on power of the replaced indoor unit only.
(However, the remote controller is also connected.
Otherwise r3 operation cannot be performed.)
Same as 1) and 2) in item a).
2) Turn on power of the multiple indoor units including replaced indoor unit.
• Only 1 system for twin, triple, double twin
• For all units in the group
Wait for completion of automatic address setup mode (Required time: Approx. 5 minutes) and then proceed to
r3.
* The master unit of a group may change by setup of automatic address. The line address/indoor address of the
replaced indoor unit are automatically set to the vacant addresses except addresses belonging to other indoor
units which have not been replaced. It is recommended to make a note that the refrigerant line which includes the
corresponding indoor unit and that the corresponding indoor unit is master or sub in the group control.
– 103 –
r3 Writing of the setup contents to EEPROM
(The contents of EEPROM installed on the service P.C. board have been set up at shipment from the factory.)
TEST
1. Push
,
CL , and
buttons of the remote controller at the same time for 4 seconds or more. 1
SET
(Corresponded with No. in Remote controller )
In group operation control, the master indoor unit No. is displayed at the first time. (If the automatic address
setup mode is interrupted in item 2. - a) - 2) in the previous page, the unit No. ALL is displayed.) In this time,
the item code (DN) 10 is displayed. The fan of the selected indoor unit operates and the louver starts
swinging if any.
UNIT
2. Every pushing
button, the indoor unit numbers in the group control are displayed successively. 2
Specify the indoor unit No. of which P.C. board has been replaced with a service P.C. board.
(When the unit No. ALL is displayed, this operation cannot be performed.)
3. Using the set temperature
/
buttons, the item code (DN) can be moved up and down one by one. 3
4. First set a type and capacity of the indoor unit.
(Setting the type and capacity writes the data at shipment from the factory in EEPROM.)
1) Set the item code (DN) to 10. (As it is)
2) Using the timer time
/
buttons, set up a type. 4
(For example, 4-way air discharge cassette type is 0001) Refer to the attached table.
SET
3) Push
4) Using the set temperature
5) Using the timer time
button. (OK when the display goes on.) 5
/
buttons, set 11 to the item code (DN).
/
buttons, set the capacity.
(For example, 0012 for class 80) Refer to the attached table.
SET
6) Push
button. (OK when the display goes on.)
TEST
7) Push
button to return the status to usual stop status. 6
(Approx. 1 minute is required to start handling of the remote controller.)
5. Next write the contents which have been set up at the local site such as the address setup in EEPROM.
Repeat the above procedure 1. and 2.
6. Using the set temperature
/
buttons, set 01 to the item code (DN).
(Setup of lighting time of filter sign)
7. The contents of the displayed setup data in this time should be agreed with the contents in the previous
memorandum in r1.
1) If data disagree, change the displayed setup data to that in the previous memorandum by the timer time
SET
/
buttons, and then push
2) There is nothing to do when data agrees.
8. Using the set temperature buttons, change the item code (DN).
button. (OK when the display goes on.)
/
As same as the above, check the contents of the setup data and then change them to data contents in the
previous memorandum.
9. Then repeat the procedure 7. and 8.
TEST
10. After completion of setup, push
button to return
<REMOTE CONTROLLER>
the status to the usual stop status. 6
(Approx. 1 minute is required to start handling of
the remote controller.)
* 01 to 9F are provided in the item code (DN).
On the way of operation, DN No. may come out.
When data has been changed by mistake and
SET , button has been pushed, the data can be
SET DATA
UNIT No.
R.C.
No.
TEMP.
ON / OFF
returned to the data before change by pushing
CL
button if the item code (DN) was not yet
changed.
TIMER SET
TIME
FAN
SWING/FIX
UNIT
MODE
VENT
3
4
6
FILTER
RESET TEST
SET CL
5
2
1
– 104 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
Memorandum for setup contents (Item code table (Example))
DN
Item
Memo
At shipment
According to type
01 Filter sign lighting time
02 Dirty state of filter
03 Central control address
06 Heating suction temp shift
0F Cooling only
0000: Standard
0099: Unfixed
0002: +2°C (Floor type: 0)
0000: Shared for cooling/heating
According to model type
According to capacity type
0099: Unfixed
10 Type
11 Indoor unit capacity
12 Line address
13 Indoor unit address
14 Group address
0099: Unfixed
0099: Unfixed
19 Louver type (Adjustment of air direction)
According to type
Temp difference of automatic cooling/
heating selecting control points
1E
0003: 3 deg (Ts ± 1.5)
28 Automatic reset of power failure
2A Option
0000: None
0002:
2b Thermo output selection (T10 ‡B)
2E Option
0000: Thermo ON
0000:
32 Sensor selection
0000: Body sensor
0000: Standard
0000: Available
0000: None
5d High ceiling selection
60 Timer set (Wired remote controller)
8b Correction of high heat feeling
Type
Item code [10]
Setup data
0001*
Type
4-way air discharge cassette
Concealed duct
Abbreviated name
RAV-SM563/803/1103/1403UT-E, RAV-SP1102UT-E
RAV-SM562/802/1102/1402BT-E
0004
0007
Under ceiling
RAV-SM562/802/1102/1402CT-E
* Initial setup value of EEPROM installed on the service P.C. board
Indoor unit capacity
Item code [11]
SM563UT-E, SM562BT-E, SM562CT-E
SM803UT-E, SM802BT-E, SM802CT-E
Setup data
0000*
0009
0012
Invalid
56
80
RAV-SM1103UT-E, SM1403UT-E, SM1102BT-E, SM1402BT-E, SM1102CT-E, SM1402CT-E
RAV-SP1102UT-E
Setup data
0000*
0015
0017
Invalid
110
140
* Initial setup value of EEPROM installed on the service P.C. board
– 105 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
12. SETUP AT LOCAL SITE AND OTHERS
12-1. Indoor Unit
12-1-1. Test Run Setup on Remote Controller
RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM803UT-E, RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E
<Wired remote controller>
TEST
1. When pushing
button on the remote controller for 4 seconds or more, “TEST” is displayed on LC display.
button.
ON / OFF
Then push
• “TEST” is displayed on LC display during operation of Test Run.
• During Test Run, temperature cannot be adjusted but air volume can be selected.
• In heating and cooling operation, a command to fix the Test Run frequency is output.
• Detection of error is performed as usual. However, do not use this function except case of Test Run be-
cause it applies load on the unit.
2. Use either heating or cooling operation mode for [TEST].
NOTE : The outdoor unit does not operate after power has been turned on or for approx. 3 minutes after
operation has stopped.
TEST
3. After a Test Run has finished, push
button again and check that [TEST] on LC display has gone off.
(To prevent a continuous test run operation, 60-minutes timer release function is provided to this remote
controller.)
<Wireless remote controller>
(4-way Air Discharge Cassette Type only)
1
Turn off power of the unit.
Remove the adjuster attached with sensors from the ceiling panel. For removing, refer to the Installation
manual attached to the ceiling panel. (Be careful to handle the adjuster because cables are connected to
the sensor.) Remove the sensor cover from the adjuster. (1 screw)
2
3
Change ON of Bit [1:TEST] of the sensor P.C. board switch [S003] to OFF.
Mount the sensor cover and mount the adjuster with sensor to the ceiling panel.
Turn on power of the unit.
ON / OFF
Push
button on the wireless remote controller and select [COOL] or [HEAT] operation
MODE
mode using
button.
(All the display lamps of sensors on the wireless remote controller flash during Test Run.)
• Do not perform Test Run operation in other modes than [HEAT] / [COOL] mode.
• Detection of error is performed as usual.
ON / OFF
4
5
After Test Run operation, push
Turn off power of the unit.
button to stop the operation.
Return Bit [1] of the sensor P.C. board switch [S003] to the original position. (ON ® OFF)
Mount the adjuster with sensors to the ceiling panel.
Bit 1 : OFF to ON
S003
ON
Sensor cover
Sensor P.C. board
Adjust corner cap
– 106 –
(Except 4-way Air Discharge Cassette Type and Under Ceiling Type)
1
Remove a screw which fixes the serial olate of the receiver part on the wireless remote
controller.
Remove the nameplate of the reciver section by inserting a minus screwdriver, etc. into the notch at the
bottom of the plate, and set the Dip switch to [TEST RUN ON].
2
Execute a test operation with
button on the wireless remote controller.
•
,
and LED flash during test operation.
• Under status of [TEST RUN ON], the temperature adjustment from the wireless remote controller is
invalid.
Do not use this method in the operation other than test operation because the equipment is damaged.
3
4
Use either [COOL] or [HEAT] operation mode for test operation.
• The outdoor unit does not operate approx. 3 minutes
after power-ON and operation stop.
Receiver unit
Spacer
After the test operation finished, stop the air
conditioner from the wireless remote controller,
and return Dip switch of the sensor section as before.
M4 × 25 screw
(2 pieces)
(A 60 minutes timer clearing function is attached to the sensor
section in order to prevent a continuous test operation.)
Nameplate
Notch
Small screw
(Under Ceiling Type only)
1
Turn off power of the air conditioner.
Remove the adjust corner cap attached with sensor section from the ceiling panel. For removing method,
follow to the installation manual attached to the ceiling panel. (Be careful to handle the sensor section
because cables are connected to the sensor section.)
Remove the sensor cover from the adjust corner cap. (1 screw)
2
3
Change Bit [1:TEST] of the switch [S003] on the sensor P.C. board from OFF to ON.
Mount the sensor cover and attach the adjust corner cap with with sensors to the ceiling panel.
Turn on power of the air conditioner.
Push
button of the wireless remote controller and select an operation mode [COOL] or
MODE
[HEAT] with
button. (All the display lamps of the wireless remote controller sensor
section flash during the tst operation.)
• Do not use operation mode other than [COOL] or [HEAT].
• Error is detected as usual.
4
5
When the test operation has finished, push button to stop the operation.
Turn off power of the air conditioner.
Change Bit [1] of the switch [S003] on the sensor
P.C. board from ON to OFF. Attach the adjust
corner cap with sensors to the ceiling panel.
4
3
1 2
ON
– 107 –
<In case of wireless remote controller>
Procedure
Description
Turn on power of the air conditioner.
The operation is not accepted for 5 minutes when power has been turned on at first time after installation,
and 1 minute when power has been turned on at the next time and after. After the specified time has
passed, perform a test operation.
1
Push [Start/Stop] button and change the operation mode to [COOL] or [HEAT] with [Mode] button.
Then change the fan speed to [High] using [Fan] button.
2
3
Test cooling operation
Test heating operation
Set temperature to [18°C] using [Temperature set]
button.
Set temperature to [30°C] using [Temperature set]
button.
After checking the receiving sound “Pi”, immediately After checking the receiving sound “Pi”, immediately
push [Temperature set] button to set to [19°C] push [Temperature set] button to set to [29°C].
4
5
After checking the receiving sound “Pi”, immediately After checking the receiving sound “Pi”, immediately
push [Temperature set] button to set to [18°C]. push [Temperature set] button to set to [30°C].
Then repeat the procedure
→
→
→
.
4 5 4 5
After approx. 10 seconds, all the display lamps on the sensor part of wireless remote controller,
6
7
[Operation] (Green), [Timer] (Green), and [Ready] (Yellow) flash and the air conditioner starts operation.
If the lamps do not flash, repeat the procedure
and after.
2
After the test operation, push [Start/Stop] button to stop the operation.
<Outline of test operation from the wireless remote controller>
Test cooling operation:
Start → 18°C → 19°C → 18°C → 19°C → 18°C → 19°C → 18°C → (Test operation) → Stop
Test heating operation:
Start → 30°C → 29°C → 30°C → 29°C → 30°C → 29°C → 30°C → (Test operation) → Stop
Be sure to set the
air speed to [High]
2
3, 4, 5, 6
2, 7
– 108 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
Item No. (DN) table (Selection of function)
DN
Item
Description
At shipment
01 Filter sign lighting
time
0000 : None
0002 : 2500H (4-Way/Duct/Ceiling Type)
0002 for D.I. and S.D.I.
models
02 Dirty state of filter
0000 : Standard
0001 : High degree of dirt
(Half of standard time)
0000 : Standard
0099 : Unfixed
03 Central control
address
0001 : No.1 unit
0099 : Unfixed
to
to
0064 : No.64 unit
06 Heating suction temp 0000 : No shift
0001 : +1°C
0010 : -10°C
0002 : +2°C
(Floor type 0000: 0°C)
shift
0002 : +2°C
(Up to recommendation + 6)
0F Cooling only
10 Type
0000 : Heat pump
0001 : Cooling only
(No display of [AUTO] [HEAT])
0000 : Shared for cooling/
heating
0001 : SM563/803/1103/1403UT, SP1102UT type
0004 : SM562/802/1102/1402BT type
According to model type
0007 : SM562/802/1102/1402CT type
11 Indoor unit capacity 0000 : Unfixed
0009 : 56 type
According to capacity type
0012 : 80 type
0017 : 140 type
0015 : 110 type
12 Line address
0001 : No.1 unit
0001 : No.1 unit
to
to
0030 : No.30 unit
0099 : Unfixed
0099 : Unfixed
0099 : Unfixed
13 Indoor unit address
14 Group address
0064 : No.64 unit
0000 : Individual
0001 : Master of group
0002 : Sub of group
19
1E Temp difference of
automatic cooling/
heating mode
0000 : 0 deg
to
0010 : 10 deg
0003 : 3 deg
(Ts±1.5)
(For setup temperature, reversal of COOL/HEAT by ± (Data value)/2)
selection COOL →
HEAT, HEAT →COOL
28 Automatic restart of 0000 : None
power failure
0001 : Restart
0000 : None
2A Option
0002 : Default
2b Thermo output
selection (T10
0000 : Indoor thermo ON
0001 : Output of outdoor comp-ON receiving
0000: Thermo. ON
)
ƒ
2E Option
30 Option
31 Option
0000 : Default
0000 : Default
0000 : Default
0000 : Body sensor
0000 : °C
32 Sensor selection
0000 : Body TA sensor
0000 : °C (celsius)
0001 : Remote controller sensor
0001 : °F (Fahrenheit)
33 Temperature
indication
40 Option
0003 : Default
5d High ceiling selection 0000 : Standard filter
0000 : Standard
(Air volume selection) 0001 : Oil guard, Super-long life, Optical regenerative deodorization
0003 : High performance (65%), High performance (90%),
High antibacterial performance (65%)
60 Timer set
(Wired remote
0000 : Available (Operable)
0001 : Unavailable (Operation prohibited)
0000 : Available
0000 : None
controller)
8b Correction of high
heat feeling
0000 : None
0001 : Correction
– 109 –
12-1-2. Cabling and Setting of Remote Controller Control
2-remote controller control
<Wireless remote controller>
(Controlled by two remote controllers)
(4-Way Air Discharge Cassette Type only)
One or multiple indoor units are controlled by two
remote controllers.
(Max. 2 remote controllers are connectable.)
How to set wireless remote controller to sub
remote controller
Change OFF of Bit [3: Remote controller Sub/Master]
of switch S003 to ON.
• 1 indoor unit is controlled by 2
remote controllers
S003
Bit 1 : OFF to ON
ON
Remote controller Remote controller
Sensor
cover
switch (Master)
switch (Sub)
Sensor P.C. board
Sold separately
Sold separately
A B
A B
Adjust
corner cap
Remote controller
cables (Procured locally)
Terminal block for
remote controller cables
[Operation]
1. The operation contents can be changed by Last-
push-priority.
A B
Indoor unit
1 2 3
2. Use a timer on either Master remote controller or
Sub remote controller.
<Wireless remote controller>
1 2 3
(Except 4-Way Air Discharge Cassette Type and
Under Ceiling Type)
Outdoor unit
How to set wireless remote controller as sub
remote controller
(Setup method)
One or multiple indoor units are controlled by two
remote controllers.
(Max. 2 remote controllers are connectable.)
Turn Bit [3: Remote controller Sub/Master] of the
switch S003 from OFF to ON.
Rear cover
ON
1
2
3
4
ON
<Wired remote controller>
Sensor P.C. board
Upper case
How to set wired remote controller
as sub remote controller
Change DIP switch inside of the rear side of the
remote controller switch from remote controller
master to sub. (In case of RBC-AMT31E)
S003
Bit 3 : OFF → ON
ON
1
2
3
4
ON
Remote controller (Inside of the rear side)
<Wireless remote controller>
(Under Ceiling Type only)
1 2
Sub remote
controller
How to set wireless remote controller to sub
remote controller
Master remote
controller
1
2
Change OFF of Bit [3: Remote controller Sub/Master]
of switch S003 to ON.
DIP switch
1
2
4
3
1
2
ON
– 110 –
12-1-3. Monitor Function of Remote Controller Switch
n Call of sensor temperature display
<Contents>
Each sensor temperature of the remote controller, indoor unit, and outdoor unit can become known by calling
the service monitor mode from the remote controller.
<Procedure>
CL
TEST
1
Push
+
buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more to call the service monitor mode.
The service monitor goes on, the master indoor unit No. is displayed, and then temperature of the item
code 00 is displayed.
2
Push the temperature setup
sor to be monitored.
/
buttons to select the sensor No. (Item code) of the sen-
The sensor numbers are described below:
SET DATA
UNIT No.
R.C.
No.
TEMP.
ON / OFF
TIMER SET
TIME
FAN
SWING/FIX
UNIT
MODE
VENT
2
4
FILTER
RESET TEST
SET CL
3
1
<Operation procedure>
1 2 3 4
Returned to usual display
Item code
Data name
Item code
Data name
Heat exchanger temp. TE
Outside temp. TO
Discharge temp. TD
Suction temp. TS
—
60
61
62
63
64
65
00
Room temp. (control temp.) *1
01
02
03
04
Room temp. (remote controller)
Room temp. (TA)
Indoor
unit data
Outdoor
unit data
Heat exchanger temp. (TCJ)
Heat exchanger temp. (TC)
Heat sink temp. THS
*1 Only master unit in group control
3
4
The temperature of indoor units and outdoor unit in a group control can be monitored by
UNIT
pushing
button to select the indoor unit to be monitored.
TEST
Pushing
button returns the display to usual display.
– 111 –
n Calling of error history
<Contents>
The error contents in the past can be called.
<Procedure>
SET DATA
UNIT No.
CL
TEST
1
Push
+
buttons simultaneously for 4
R.C.
No.
seconds or more to call the service check
mode.
TEMP.
ON / OFF
Service Check goes on, the item code 01 is
displayed, and then the content of the latest alarm is
displayed.The number and error contents of the
TIMER SET
TIME
FAN
SWING/FIX
UNIT
MODE
VENT
2
3
FILTER
RESET TEST
SET CL
2 indoor unit in which an error occurred are displayed.
In order to monitor another error history, push
the set temperature buttons to
/
change the error history No. (Item code).
Item code 01 (Latest) → Item code 04 (Old)
NOTE : Four error histories are stored in memory.
TEST
1
<Operation procedure>
1 2 3
3
Pushing
display.
button returns the display to usual
Returned to usual display
<Requirement>
CL
Do not push
button, otherwise all the error histories of
the indoor unit are deleted.
(Group control operation)
In a group control, operation of maximum 8 indoor units can be controlled by a remote controller.
The indoor unit connected with outdoor unit (Individual/Master of twin) controls room temperature according to
setting on the remote controller.
<System example>
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
Master
2-1
1-1
3-1
4-1
7-1
Max. 8 units
Remote controller
1. Display range on remote controller
The setup range (Operation mode/Air volume select/Setup temp) of the indoor unit which was set to the
master unit is reflected on the remote controller.
2. Address setup
Turn on power of the indoor unit to be controlled in a group within 3 minutes after setting of automatic
address.
If power of the indoor unit is not turned on within 3 minutes (completion of automatic address setting), the
system is rebooted and the automatic address setting will be judged again.
1) Connect 3 In/Out cables surely.
2) Check line address/indoor address/group address of the unit one by one.
3) The unit No. (line/indoor gout address) which have been set once keep the present status as a rule if the
unit No. is not duplicated with one of another unit.
– 112 –
12-2. Setup at Local Site / Others
Model name:TCB-PCNT30TLE2
12-2-1. TCC-LINK Adapter (For TCC-LINK Central Control)
1. Function
This model is an optional P.C. board to connect the indoor unit to TCC-LINK (Central controller).
2. Microprocessor Block Diagram
Indoor unit
Central
controller
TCC-LINK adapter P.C. board
CN40
CN050
Indoor control
P.C. board
CN51
TCC-LINK
communication circuit
Terminal
resistance
CN041
SW01
TCC-LINK
MCC-1440
Terminal block
(A, B)
Communication units:
Total 64 units
Communication distance:
2000 m
Remote controller
3. TCC-LINK Wiring Connection
CAUTION
1) When controlling customized setup collectively, TCC-LINK adapter (This option) is required.
2) In case of group operation or twin/triple operation, the adapter is necessary to be connected to the main unit.
3) Connect the central control devices to the central control system wiring.
4) When controlling collectively customized setup only, turn on only Bit 1 of SW01 of the least line of the system
address No. (OFF when shipped from the factory)
∗ In case of customized setup, the address is necessary to be set up again from the wired remote
controller after automatic addressing.
Central control device
Central control device
Central control devices: Max. 10 units
U1 U2
U3 U4
U1 U2
U3 U4
Refrigerant line 1
Refrigerant line 2
Refrigerant line 3
1 2 3
Refrigerant line 4
1 2 3
Outdoor unit
1 2 3
1 2 3
Indoor/outdoor inter-unit wire (AC230V serial)
Central control system wiring
Caution 3
* Wiring for No.1 and 2 only
Maater
unit
Sub
unit
Sub unit
Maater unit
Sub unit
1 2 3
Indoor unit
U3 U4 1 2 3
A B
U3 U4 1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
A B
U3 U4 1 2 3
A B
A B
A B
A B
TCC-LINK adapter
This product
(
)
Caution 1
Caution 2
sold separately
Remote controller
wiring
Remote controller
Remote controller
Remote controller
Remote controller
Group operation (Max. 8 units)
Twin/Triple operation (Example of triple)
Indoor units in all refrigerant lines: Max. 64 units
[If mixed with multi model (Link wiring), multi indoor units are included.]
* However group sub units and twin/triple sub units of customized setup are not included in number of the units.
– 113 –
4. Wiring Specifications
• Use 2-core with no polar wire.
No. of wires
Size
• Match the length of wire to wire length of the central
control system.
Up to 1000m: twisted wire 1.25mm2
Up to 2000m: twisted wire 2.0mm2
2
If mixed in the system, the wire length is
lengthened with all indoor/outdoor inter-unit wire length at side.
• To prevent noise trouble, use 2-core shield wire.
• Connect the shield wire by closed-end connection and apply open process (insulating process) to the last terminal.
Ground the earth wire to 1 point at indoor unit side. (In case of central controlling of digital inverter unit setup)
CAUTION
1) Closed-end connection of shield wire (Connect all the connecting parts of each indoor unit)
2) Apply open process to the last terminal (insulating process).
3) Ground earth wire to 1 point at indoor unit side.
Central control device
U1 U2
Caution 2
Caution 1
Caution 3
Central control system wiring
Outdoor unit
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
: TCC-LINK adapter
(This option)
Master
unit
U3 U4 1 2 3
Sub unit
1 2 3
Sub unit
Master unit
Sub unit
1 2 3
Indoor unit
U3 U4 1 2 3
A B
1 2 3
U3 U4 1 2 3
A B
A B
A B
A B
A B
Earth terminal
Remote controller
Remote controller
Remote controller
Remote controller
(Group operation)
(Triple operation)
5. P.C. Board Switch (SW01) Setup
When performing collective control by customized setup only, the setup of terminator is necessary.
• Using SW01, set up the terminator.
• Set up the terminator to only the adapter connected to the indoor unit of least line address No.
Central control device
Central control device
Central control devices: Max. 10 units
U1 U2
U3 U4
U1 U2
U3 U4
Refrigerant line 1
Outdoor unit
Refrigerant line 2
Refrigerant line 3
1 2 3
Refrigerant line 4
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
Indoor/outdoor inter-unit wire (AC230V serial)
Central control system wiring
* Wiring for No.1 and 2 only
Master
unit
Sub
unit
Sub unit
Master unit
Sub unit
1 2 3
Indoor unit
U3 U4 1 2 3
U3 U4 1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
A B
U3 U4 1 2 3
A B
A B
A B
A B
A B
TCC-LINK adapter
This product
Remote controller wiring
(
)
sold separately
Remote controller
Remote controller
Remote controller
Remote controller
Remote controller
Group operation (Max. 8 units)
Twin/Triple operation (Example of triple)
Line address
SW01 Bit 1
SW01 Bit 2
Remarks
1
ON
OFF
2
OF
OFF
4
OF
OFF
(OFF at shipment from factory)
(OFF at shipment from factory)
Turn SW01 Bit 1 to ON. As status shipped from factory
As status shipped from factory
(Reference) Setup contents of switch
SW01
Terminator
Remarks
Bit 1
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Bit 1
OFF
OFF
ON
None
100Ω
75Ω
Mixed with multi (Link wiring) at shipment from factory
Central control by digital inverter only
Spare
Spare
ON
43Ω
– 114 –
6. External View of P.C. Board
Terminator (SW01)
52
85
7. Address Setup
In addition to set up the central control address, it is necessary to change the indoor unit number.
(Line/Indoor/Group address).
For details, refer to TCC-LINK Adapter Installation Manual.
12-3. How to set up central control address number
When connecting the indoor unit to the central control remote controller using TCC-LINK adapter, it is neces-
sary to set up the central control address number.
• The central control address number is displayed as the line No. of the central control remote controller.
1. Setup from remote controller at indoor unit side
* If you use the network adapter P.C. board, it is effective only when No. 7 of setup switch SW01 on P.C.
board is turned off.
<Procedure> Perform setup while the unit stops.
VENT
TEST
1
Push
+
buttons for 4 seconds or more.
When group control is executed, first the unit No. RLL is displayed and all the indoor units in the group
control are selected. In this time, fans of all the selected indoor units are turned on. (Fig. 1)
UNIT
(Keep RLL displayed status without pushing
button.)
In case of individual remote controller which is not group-controlled, Line address and Indoor unit address
are displayed.
TEMP.
2
3
Using temperature setup
buttons, specify item code 03.
TIME
Using timer time
table (Table 1).
buttons, select the setup data.The setup data is shown in the right
SET
4
5
Push
button. (OK if display goes on.)
(Fig.1)
• To change the item to be set up, return to Procedure 2.
TEST
Push
button.
SET DATA
UNIT No.
The status returns to usual stop status.
R.C.
No.
(Table 1)
TEMP.
ON / OFF
Setup data
Central control address No.
TIMER SET
TIME
FAN
SWING/FIX
UNIT
MODE
VENT
2
1
0001
0002
0003
:
1
2
3
3
1
FILTER
RESET TEST
SET CL
:
0064
64
0099
Unset (Setup at shipment from factory)
5
4
– 115 –
13. ADDRESS SETUP
13-1. Address Setup
<Address setup procedure>
When an outdoor unit and an indoor unit are connected, or when an outdoor unit is connected to each indoor
unit respectively in the group operation even if multiple refrigerant lines are provided, the automatic address
setup completes with power-ON of the outdoor unit.The operation of the remote controller is not accepted while
automatic address works. (Approx. 4 to 5 minutes)
Setup of line address of outdoor unit,
indoor unit address, and group address
Completion of cabling work
NO
Do you arbitrarily set the
indoor unit address?
YES
NO
NO
(MANUAL)
Is refrigerant line 1 line?
YES
Is group control performed?
YES
(To AUTO address mode)
Do you change setting after
automatic setting at the first time?
YES
Connect one remote controller with
one indoor unit (1 : 1) tentatively with
communication cable.
Turn on power of outdoor unit.
Turn on power of outdoor unit.
Turn on power of outdoor unit.
After completion of address
setup, change is to arbitral
address/group manually.
Setup of automatic
address finishes within
4 to 5 minutes.
(
)
Set to all indoor units one by one.
(
)
END
• When the following addresses are not stored in the neutral memory (IC10) on the indoor P.C. board, a test run
operation cannot be performed. (Unfixed data at shipment from factory)
Item code Data at shipment
Setup data range
0001 (No. 1 unit) to 0030 (No. 30 unit)
Line
address
12
13
0099
0099
Indoor unit
address
0001 (No. 1 unit) to 0030 (No. 30 unit)
Max. value of indoor units in the identical refrigerant line (Double twin = 4)
0000 : Individual (Indoor units which are not controlled in a group)
0001 : Master unit (1 indoor unit in group control)
0002 : Sub unit (Indoor units other than master unit in group control)
Group
address
14
0099
– 116 –
13-2. Address Setup & Group Control
<Terminology>
Indoor unit No. : N - n = Outdoor unit line address N (Max. 30) - Indoor unit address n (Max. 64)
Group address : 0 = Individual (Not group control)
1 = Master unit in group control
2 = Sub unit in group control
Master unit (= 1) : The representative of multiple indoor units in group operation sends/receives signals to/from
the remote controllers and sub indoor units. (* It has no relation with an indoor unit which
communicates serially with the outdoor units.)
The operation mode and setup temperature range are displayed on the remote controller
LCD. (Except sir direction adjustment of louver)
Sub unit (= 2)
: Indoor units other than master unit in group operation
Basically, sub units do not send/receive signals to/from the remote controllers.
(Except errors and response to demand of service data)
13-2-1. System configuration
2. Single group operation
1. Single
Outdoor
1-1
Individual
2-1
Sub
1-1
Sub
4-1
Master
3-1
Sub
8-1
Sub
Indoor
(Master/Sub)
Remote
controller
13-2-2. Automatic address example from unset address (No miscabling)
1. Standard (One outdoor unit)
1) Single
2) Gr operation
(Multiple outdoor units = Miltiple indoor units only with serial
communication)
1-1
Individual
2-1
Sub
1-1
Sub
4-1
Master
8-1
Sub
(Master/Sub)
Max. 8 units
Only turning on source power supply (Automatic completion)
– 117 –
13-3. Address Setup
In case that addresses of the indoor units will be determined prior to piping work after cabling work
(Manual setting from remote controller)
<Address setup procedure>
• Set an indoor unit per a remote controller.
(Example of 2-lines cabling)
(Real line: Cabling, Broken line: Refrigerant pipe)
• Turn on power supply.
OUT
OUT
SET
CL
TEST
1
2
Push
+
+
buttons simultaneously
for 4 seconds or more.
(← Line address)
Using the temperature setup
set 12 to the item code.
/
buttons,
3
4
5
Using timer time
/
buttons, set the line address.
SET
Push
button. (OK when display goes on.)
IN
IN
(← Indoor unit address)
Using the temperature setup
set 13 to the item code.
/
buttons,
2
1
2
Line address
Indoor unit address
Group address
1
1
1
6
7
8
Using timer time
/
buttons, set 1 to the line address.
SET
Push
button. (OK when display goes on.)
For the above example, perform setting by connecting
singly the wired remote controller without remote
controller inter-unit cable.
(← Group address)
Using the temperature setup
set 14 to the item code.
/
buttons,
Group address
Individual : 0000
Master unit : 0001
9
Using timer time
0001 to Master unit, and 0002 to sub unit.
/
buttons, set 0000 to Individual,
In case of group control
Sub unit
: 0002
SET
10
11
Push
button. (OK when display goes on.)
TEST
Push
button.
Setup completes. (The status returns to the usual stop status.)
SET DATA
UNIT No.
R.C.
No.
TEMP.
ON / OFF
TIMER SET
TIME
FAN
SWING/FIX
UNIT
MODE
VENT
2, 5, 8
END 11
3, 6, 9
FILTER
RESET TEST
SET CL
4, 7, 10
1
<Operation procedure>
END
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
– 118 –
n Confirmation of indoor unit No. position
1. To know the indoor unit addresses though position of the indoor unit body is recognized
• In case of individual operation (Wired remote controller : indoor unit = 1 : 1)
(Follow to the procedure during operation)
<Procedure>
ON / OFF
1
2
Push
Push
button if the unit stops.
UNIT No.
UNIT
button.
Unit No. 1-1 is displayed on LCD.
TEMP.
ON / OFF
(It disappears after several seconds.)
1
TIMER SET
TIME
FAN
MODE
VENT
The displayed unit No. indicate line address and
indoor unit address.
Operation
SWING/FIX
UNIT
FILTER
RESET TEST
SET CL
(When other indoor units are connected to the
identical remote controller (Group control unit), other
UNIT
unit numbers are also displayed every pushing
button.
2
<Operation procedure>
END
1 2
2. To know the position of indoor unit body by address
• To confirm the unit No. in the group control
(Follow to the procedure during operation) (in this procedure, the indoor units in group control stop.)
<Procedure>
The indoor unit numbers in the group control are succes-
sively displayed, and fan, louver, and drain pump of the
corresponding indoor unit are turned on.
SET DATA
UNIT No.
(Follow to the procedure during operation)
R.C.
No.
VENT
TEST
1
Push
4 seconds or more.
and
buttons simultaneously for
TEMP.
ON / OFF
TIMER SET
TIME
FAN
SWING/FIX
UNIT
MODE
VENT
• Unit No. ALL is displayed.
1
3
• Fans and louvers of all the indoor units in the
group control operate.
FILTER
RESET TEST
SET CL
UNIT
2
Every pushing
button, the unit numbers
in the group control are successively dis-
played.
2
• The unit No. displayed at the first time indicates the
master unit address.
<Operation procedure>
END
1 2 3
• Fan and louver of the selected indoor unit only
operate.
TEST
3
Push
button to finish the procedure.
All the indoor units in the group control stop.
– 119 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
14. DETACHMENTS
14-1. Indoor Unit
14-1-1. 4-Way Air Discharge CassetteType
RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM803UT-E, RAV-SM1103UT-E, RAV-SM1403UT-E
RAV-SP1102UT-E
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
Suction grille
REQUIREMENT
Never forget to put on the gloves at
disassembling work, otherwise an injury
will be caused.
Knob of suction grille
1. Detachment
1) Stop operation of the air conditioner,
and then turn off switch of the breaker.
2) Hang down the suction grille while
sliding two knobs of the suction grille
inward.
3) Remove a strap connecting the panel
and the suction grille to remove the
suction grille.
Remove the strap.
2. Attachment
1) Hang the suction grille to the panel.
2) Attach the strap of the suction grille to
the panel as before.
3) Close the suction grille, slide the knobs
outward, and then fix it.
‚ Electric parts
1. Detachment
cover
1) Perform work of item 1. of .
2) Remove screws fixing the electric parts
cover. (Ø4 × 10, 3 pcs.)
3) Remove the electric parts cover from
the tentative hook, and then open the
cover.
3 screws
2. Attachment
1) Close the electric parts cover and hang
the cover hole to the tentative hook.
2) Tighten the fixing screws.
(Ø4 × 10, 3 pcs.)
Tentatiive hook
– 120 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
ƒ Adjust corner
1. Detachment
cap
1) Perform work of item 1. of .
2) Remove screws at 4 corners of the
suction port. (Ø4 × 10, 4 pcs.)
3) Push the knob outward and remove the
adjust corner cap by sliding it.
Screw
2. Attachment
1) Mount the adjust corner cap by sliding
it inward.
2) Tighten screws at 4 corners of the
suction port. (Ø4 × 10, 4 pcs.)
Push outward
„ Ceiling panel
1. Detachment
1) Perform works of items 1 of , 1 of ‚
and 1 of ƒ.
2) Remove the louver connector (CN33,
White, 5P) connected to the control
P.C. board, and then remove the lead
wire from the clamp.
Removve the
louver connector
NOTE :
Remove the connector by releasing
locking of the housing.
3) Remove screws fixing the ceiling panel.
(M5, 4 pcs.)
Fixing screw
4) Push the tentative hook outward to
remove the ceiling panel.
2. Attachment
1) Hang the tentative hook of the main
body drain pan to the tentative hook of
the ceiling panel.
NOTE :
A panel has directional property, so mount
a panel with attention to the marks.
Push the ttentaative
hook ouutward
2) Tighten fixing screws. (M5, 4 pcs.)
3) Connect louver connector of the ceiling
panel to connector (CN33, White, 5P)
on the control P.C. board.
– 121 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
ꢀ Control P.C.
1. Detachment
board
1) Perform works of items 1 of and 1 of
‚.
2) Remove connectors which are con-
nected from the control P.C. board to
other parts.
CN33 : Louver motor (5P: White)
CN34 : Float switch (3P: Red)
Card-edge spacer
CN41 : Terminal block of remote
controller (3P: Blue)
CN68 : Drain pump (3P: Blue)
CN67 : Terminal block of power supply
(5P: Black)
CN101: TC sensor (2P: Black)
CN102: TCJ sensor (2P: Red)
CN104: Room temperature sensor
(2P:Yellow)
CN333: Power supply of fan motor
(5P: White)
CN334: Position detection of fan motor
(5P: White)
NOTE :
Remove the connector by releasing
locking of the housing.
3) Unlock locking of the card-edge spacer
at 6 positions to remove the control P.C.
board.
2. Attachment
1) Fix the control P.C. board to the card-
edge spacer at 6 positions.
2) Connect the connectors removed in
item 1 to the original positions.
– 122 –
No. Part name
Procedure
Remarks
† Fan motor
1. Detachment
1) Perform works of items 1 of and 1 of
Screws fixing electric parts box
‚.
2) Remove clamps of the lead wires
connected to the following connectors of
the control P.C. board.
CN33 : Louver motor (5P: White)
CN34 : Float switch (3P: Red)
CN68 : Drain pump (3P: Blue)
CN101 : TC sensor (2P: Black)
CN102 : TCJ sensor (2P: Red)
Screws fixing earth lead wires
Bell mmouth
CN333 : Power supply of fan motor
(5P: White)
CN334 : Position detection of fan motor
(5P: White)
NOTE :
Remove the connector by releasing locking
of the housing.
3) Remove screws fixing earth lead wire in
the electric parts box. (Ø4 × 6, 2 pcs.)
4) Remove indoor/outdoor inter-unit cable
and remote controller cable of the
terminal block.
Turbo fan
5) Remove screws fixing the electric parts
box. (Ø4 × 10, 5 pcs.)
6) Remove screws fixing the bell mouth.
(Ø4 × 10, 6 pcs.)
7) Remove nuts fixing the turbo fan.
(M6, 1 pc.)
8) Remove screws fixing holder of the
motor lead wires to remove the motor
lead wires from the clamp. (Ø4 × 8, 3
pcs.)
Motor lead holder
9) Remove nuts fixing the fan motor to
remove it.
2. Attachment
1) Fix the parts, fan motor, holder of the
motor lead, turbo fan, bell mouth, and
electric parts box successively to their
original positions.
NOTE 1 :
Fan motor
When fixing the turbo fan, be sure to match
the fan boss with D-cut of the motor shaft.
NOTE 2 :
Fix the turbo fan with torque wrench
5.9 ± 0.6Nm.
2) Connect connectors, earth lead wire,
indoor/outdoor inter-unit cable, and
remote controller cable which have been
disconnected in the above item 1 as
before.
– 123 –
No. Part name
Procedure
Remarks
‡ Drain pan
1. Detachment
1) Perform works of items 1 of , 1 of ‚, 1
of ƒ and 1 of „.
2) Remove clamps of the lead wires con-
nected to the following connectors of the
control P.C. board.
CN34 : Float switch (3P: Red)
CN68 : Drain pump (3P: Blue)
CN101 : TC sensor (2P: Black)
CN102 : TCJ sensor (2P: Red)
Screws fixing earth lead wires
CN333 : Power supply of fan motor
(5P: White)
CN334 : Position detection of fan motor
(5P: White)
Drain cap
NOTE :
Remove the connector by releasing locking
of the housing.
3) Remove screws fixing earth lead wire in
the electric parts box. (Ø4 × 6, 2 pcs.)
4) Remove indoor/outdoor inter-unit cable
and remote controller cable of the
terminal block.
5) Remove screws fixing the electric parts
box. (Ø4 × 10, 5 pcs.)
6) Remove screws fixing the bell mouth.
(Ø4 × 10, 6 pcs.)
Screws fixing drain pan
7) Remove the drain cap, and drain water
accumulated in the drain pan.
NOTE 1 :
When removing the drain cap, be sure to
prepare a bucket to catch the drained water.
NOTE 2 :
Thermal insulator is adhered to the drain
cap. Be careful not to peel off the insulator.
If the insulator has been peeled, adhere it
with double-face tape, etc. as before.
8) Remove screws fixing the drain pan.
(Ø4 × 8, 4 pcs.)
2. Attachment
1) Fix the parts, drain cap, drain pan, bell
mouth, and electric parts box succes-
sively to their original positions.
2) Connect connectors, earth lead wire,
indoor/outdoor inter-unit cable, and
remote controller cable which have been
disconnected in the above item 1 as
before.
– 124 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
ˆ Drain pump
1. Detachment
assembly
1) Perform works of items 1 of , 1 of ‚,
Slide to hose side.
1 of ƒ, 1 of „ and 1 of ‡.
2) Picking the hose band, slide it from
pump connecting part to remove the
drain hose.
3) Remove screw fixing the drain pump
assembly, slide hooking claws of the
drain pump assembly and the main
body (1 position), and then remove the
assembly. (Ø4 × 8, 3 pcs.)
Hose band
3. Attachment
1) Fix the drain pump assembly as before.
Pump cconneeccting part
NOTE :
The drain pump is fixed with a hook and 3
screws. In screwing, be sure that screws
do not to run on hooking claw at the main
body side.
2) Attach the drain hose and hose band as
before.
Hookinng claw
NOTE :
Insert the drain hose up to the end of
pump connecting part, and bind the white
mark position of the hose with band.
Fixingg screw
– 125 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
‰ Heat
1. Detachment
exchanger
1) Recover refrigerant gas.
2) Remove refrigerant pipe at the indoor
unit side.
Fixingg screws
3) Perform works of items 1 of , 1 of
‚, 1 of ƒ, 1 of „ and 1 of ‡.
4) Remove screws fixing the pipe cover.
(Ø4 × 8, 2 pcs.)
5) Remove the heat exchanger by
removing fixing band and fixing screws
while holding the heat exchanger.
(Ø4 × 8, 3 pcs.)
2. Attachment
Fixing band
1) Fix the parts, heat exchanger, fixing
band, pipe cover, drain cap, drain pan,
bell mouth, and electric parts box
successively to their original positions.
2) Connect connectors, earth lead wire,
indoor/outdoor inter-unit cable, and
remote controller cable which have
been disconnected in the above item 1
as before.
3) Connect the refrigerant pipe as before,
and then perform vacuuming.
Fixing screws
– 126 –
14-1-2. Concealed DuctType
RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E, RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E
Be sure to turn off the power supply or circuit breaker before disassembling work
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
Electrical parts 1. Remove the air filter.
Screws
(Fixing electrical parts cover and box)
box
2. Remove the set screws (2 positions) of
Electrical parts cover
the electrical parts cover.
3. Remove the electrical parts cover.
4. Remove the set screws (2 positions) of
the electrical parts box.
5. Remove the electrical parts box.
The electrical parts box is fixed to the
main unit with claws at the right side.
1 -2
1 -3
Lift up it once and pull toward you.
Then claws come off.
Screws
(Fixing electrical parts box and main unit)
Electrical parts box
In this time, remove connectors of TA sensor,
TC sensor and TCJ sensor if necessary.
1 -4
1 -5
Claw (Reverse side)
Hexagon head screws
(Fixing fan assembly and main unit)
‚ Multi blade fan 1. Remove the air filter.
2. Remove the connector of the fan motor
P.C. board.
3. Remove the hexagon head screw (562: 2,
802, 1102, 1402 : 3 positions) of fixing fan
assembly and main unit.
4. Remove the fan assembly from main unit.
The fan assembly is fixed to the main unit
with claws (3 positions) at the upper side.
2 -3
Lift up it once and pull toward rear side.
Then claws come off.
5. Remove the set screws (4 positions) of
fixing fan case and fan cover.
6. Remove the fan cover.
2 -4
7. Loosen the sets crew of the Multi blade
fan using hexagon wrench.
Fixing claw (Main unit)
8. Pull the Multi blade fan towered fan case
side.
Fixing hole (Fan assembly)
Multi blade fan
Fan case
Then fans come off.
Fan case cover
Set screw
2 -5
2 -6
Screws (Fixing fan case cover)
– 127 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
ƒ Fan motor
1. Remove the Multi blade fan.
Fan motor
Fan motor holder
2. Remove the hexagon head screw of fixing
fan motor holder.
3. Remove the fan motor holder
(2 positions).
3 -2
3 -3
Screws
(Fixing fan motor holder)
„ Drain pan
1. Take down the main unit and then treat
the drain pan on the floor.
Screws (Fixing lower plate)
4 -2
4 -3
2. Remove the set screws (562 : 7, 802,
1102, 1402 : 9 positions) of fixing lower
plate.
3. Remove the lower plate from main unit.
4. Remove the set screws (562 : Nothing,
802 : 2 positions, 1102, 1402 : 4 positions)
of fixing drain pan holder and main unit.
Lower plate
Screws
(Fixing drain pan holder)
5. Remove the drain pan holder (562 :
Nothing, 802 : 1 position, 1102, 1402 : 2
positions) from main unit.
Screws (Fixing drain pan holder)
6. Remove the drain pan.
Pull it lower side.
4 -4
4 -5
Drain pan holder Drain pan
ꢀ Float switch
1. Remove the drain pan.
Float switch holder
Float switch
2. Remove the set screw (1 position) of
fixing float switch holder.
3. Remove the plastics nut of foxing float
switch.
4. Remove the float switch.
5 -2
Screw
(Fixing float switch holder)
Float switch (View from reverse side)
5 -3
Float switch holder
Plastic nut
– 128 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
† Drain pump
1. Remove the drain pan and float switch.
Drain pump
Drain pump holder
2. Remove the set screws (3 positions) of
fixing drain pump plate and main unit.
3. Remove the set screws (3 positions) of
fixing drain pump plate and drain pump.
6 -2
Screws (Fixing drain pump holder)
Screws (Fixing plate and drain pump)
6 -3
Drain pump holder
(6) -3. View from reverse side of drain pump
Checking port cover (Right side)
‡ TC, TCJ sensor 1. Remove the set screws (5 positions) and
check port cover (right side).
2. Pull out the sensor is inserted into pipe of
the heat exchanger.
7 -1
Screws (Fixing check port cover (Right side))
Check port cover (Left side)
ˆ Heat
exchanger
1. Take down the main unit and then treat
the heat exchanger on the floor.
2. Remove the drain pan.
3. Remove the check port cover (right side).
4. Remove the set screws (6 positions) and
check port cover (left side).
5. Remove the set screws (2 positions) of
fixing heat exchanger and main unit
(left side).
8 -4
Screws (Fixing check port cover (Left side))
Screws (Fixing heat exchanger)
6. Remove the set screws (7 positions) of
fixing heat exchanger and main unit
(front right side).
8 -5
Main unit (Left side)
Main unit (Front side)
8 -6
Screws
– 129 –
14-1-3. Under CeilingType
RAV-SM562CT-E, RAV-SM802CT-E, RAV-SM1102CT-E, RAV-SM1402CT-E
Be sure to turn off the power supply or circuit breaker before disassembling work
No. Part name
Procedure
Remarks
Suction grille 1. Slide the suction grille fixing
knobs (2 positions) toward the
Pull out suction grille
while pushing hook.
arrow direction of left figure, and
open the suction grille.
Hinge
2. Under the condition of the
suction grille opened, push the
hook section of hinges (2 posi-
tions) at the rear side, and then
pull out the suction grille.
Slide
Suction grille
fixing knob
Suction grille
Protector
‚ Side panel
1. Open the suction grille.
2. After removing the side panel
screws (2 positions), slide the
side panel forward and then
remove it.
Side panel
Level flap
Slide forward.
ƒ Electrical
1. Remove the suction grille.
Electrical parts cover
parts box
2. Loosen the set screws (2 posi-
tions) of the electrical parts
cover.
3. Remove the electrical parts
cover.
4. Remove the set screws
(2 positions) of the electrical
parts box.
3 -2
3 -3
Screws
5. Remove the electrical parts box.
(Fixing electrical parts cover and box)
In this time, remove connectors of
TA sensor, TC sensor and TCJ
sensor if necessary.
3 -4
3 -5
Electrical parts box
Screws
(Fixing electrical parts box and main unit)
– 130 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
„ Multi blade fan 1. Remove the suction grille.
Screws
(Fixing reinforcing bar and main unit)
motor
2. Remove the connector of the fan
motor from P.C. board.
3. (SM802, SM1102, SM1402CT-E
only)
Remove the set screw (1 position)
to fixing and reinforcing bar.
(Slide the reinforcing bar toward
arrow side on the left figure.)
4. Push the fan cover fixing hooks
(2 positions) forward fan cover side
and remove the fan cover.
4 -3
4 -4
4 -5
Reinforcing bar
5. (SM1102, SM1402CT-E only)
Remove the hexagon head screws
(2 positions) to fix bearing and the
bearing.
6. Remove the hexagon head screw of
fixing fan motor and fan motor
holder then the assembly removed
from the main unit.
7. Loosen the sets crew of the multi
blade fan using hexagon wrench.
Fan cover fixing hook
Fan cover (Lower side)
8. Pull the multi blade fan towered fan
case side. Then fans come off.
Bearing
Hexagon head screws
(Fixing bearing and main unit)
Fan motor holder
Fan motor
4 -6
Hexagon screws
(Fixing fan motor and main unit)
4 -7
Multi blade fan
Set screw of multi blade fan
– 131 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
ꢀ Drain pan
1. Take down the main unit and then treat
the drain pan on the floor.
Screws
(Fixing lower plate and main unit)
2. Remove the both side panels and
suction grilles.
3. (SM802, SM1102, SM1402CT-E only)
Remove the set screw (1 position) to
fixing and reinforcing bar.
(Slide the reinforcing bar toward arrow
side on the right figure.)
5 -4
4. Remove the set screws (9 positions) of
fixing lower plate.
Heat insulation
The screw that fixed drain pan and
main unit is under this insulation.
5. Remove the heat insulation on the
drain pan.
(SM562, SM802 : 1 position, SM1102,
SM1402 : 2 positions)
6. Remove the set screws
(SM562, SM802 : 1 position, SM1102,
SM1402 : 2 positions) of fixing drain
pan and main unit.
5 -5
5 -6
7. Remove the drain pan.
Pull it lower side.
† Vertical grille
1. Remove the drain pan.
Vertical grille
2. Remove the set screws (2 positions) of
fixing vertical grille.
3. Remove the vertical grille.
Screws
6 -2
(Fixing drain pan and vertical grille)
‡ Louver motor,
Lover drive
1. Remove the side cover (right side only).
Screws
2. Remove the set screws (2 positions)
and louver motor.
(Fixing louver drive member and main unit)
member
3. Remove the set screws (2 positions)
and louver drive member.
Louverr drive
member
Louver
motor
7 -3
Screws
(Fixing louver motor and louver drive member)
– 132 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
ˆ Horizontal
1. Push the louver holder toward arrow
direction of right figure, and pull out
the center shaft (SM562, SM802 :
1 position, SM1102, SM1402 :
louver
2 positions) from louver holder.
2. Pull off the left and right chaft of
horizontal louver.
8 -1
Louver holder
Screws
Shaft of
horizontal louver
‰ TC, TCJ sensor 1. Remove the drain pan.
2. Remove the set screws (4 positions)
(Fixing heat exchanger support)
and heat exchanger support.
3. Pull out the sensor is inserted into
pipe of the heat exchanger.
9 -3
Heat exchanger support
Heat exchanger
Š Heat
exchanger
1. Take down the main unit and then
treat the heat exchanger on the
floor.
2. Remove the drain pan.
3. Remove the set screws (6 positions)
of fixing heat exchanger and main
unit.
10 -3
Screws
(Fixing heat exchanger and main unit)
– 133 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
14-2. Outdoor Unit
RAV-SM563AT-E, RAV-SM803AT-E
No. Part name
Procedure
CAUTION
Remarks
Common
procedure
Valve
cover
Never forget to put on the gloves at
working time, otherwise an injury will be
caused by the parts, etc.
1. Detachment
1) Stop operation of the air conditioner, and
turn off the main switch of the breaker for
air conditioner.
2) Remove the valve cover.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 1 pc.)
Wiring
cover
• After removing screw, remove the valve
cover pulling it downward.
3) Remove wiring cover (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2
pcs.), and then remove connecting cable.
4) Remove the upper cabinet.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
• After taking off screws, remove the
upper cabinet pulling it upward.
2. Attachment
Upper cabinet
1) Attach the waterproof cover.
CAUTION
Be sure to attach a waterproof cover.
If it is not attached, there is a possibility
that water enters inside of the outdoor
unit.
Water-proof
cover
Cord clamp
2) Attach the upper cabinet.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
• Hook the rear side of the upper cabinet
to claw of the rear cabinet, and then put
it on the front cabinet.
Rear cabinet
3) Perform cabling of connecting cables,
and fix with cord clamp.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L 3 pcs.)
4) Attach the wiring cover.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
Claw
5) Attach the valve cover.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 1 pc.)
• Insert the upper part of the upper
cabinet, set hooking claw of the valve
cover to the slit (at three positions) of
the main body, and then attach it
pushing upward.
– 134 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
‚ Front cabinet
1. Detachment
1) Perform work of item 1 of .
Motor support
2) Remove screws (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
of the front cabinet and the inverter cover.
3) Take off screws of the front cabinet and
the bottom plate. (ST1T Ø4 × 10L 3 pcs.)
4) Take off screws of the front cabinet and
the motor support.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
• The left side of the front side if made to
insert to the rear cabinet, so remove it
pulling upward.
For single-phase type models,
also take off this screw
Front cabinet
Front cabinet (Left side)
3. Attachment
1) Insert hook at the left side of the front side
into the rear cabinet.
2) Hook the lower part at the right side of the
front to concavity of the bottom plate.
Insert the hook of the rear cabinet into the
slit of the front cabinet.
Slit
Claw
3) Attach the removed screws to the original
positions.
Slit
Hook
Cord clamp
Front cabinet
Concavity at
bottom plate
Lower
slit
– 135 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
ƒ Inverter
1. Detachment
1) Perform work of item 1 of .
Screws
assembly
2) Take off screws of the upper part of the
front cabinet.
• If removing the inverter cover under this
condition, P.C. board can be checked.
Front cabinet
• If there is no space in the upper part of
the upper cabinet, perform work of ‚.
Inverter cover
CAUTION
Be careful to check the inverter because
high-voltage circuit is incorporated in it.
3) Perform discharging by connecting
polarities by discharging resistance
,
–
+
(approx. 100Ω, 40W) or plug of soldering
–
iron to
+
,
terminals of the C14
(printed as “CAUTION HIGH VOLTAGE”)
electrolytic capacitor (500µF) of P.C.
board.
Cord clamp
WARNING
The electrolytic capacitor may not nor-
mally discharge according to error con-
tents and the voltage may remain. There-
fore, be sure to discharge the capacitor.
Screws
WARNING
For discharging, never use a screwdriver
Plug of
soldering iron
and others for short-circuiting between
+
Discharging
position
and
electrodes. As the electrolytic
–
(Discharging
period
capacitor is one with a large capacity, it is
very dangerous because a large electric
spark will occur.
10 seconds
or more)
4) Take off screws (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
fixing the main body and the inverter box.
Inverter
assembly
5) Remove various lead wires from the
holder at upper part of the inverter box
and wiring holder at right side of the
terminal block.
6) Remove the lead wire from the bundled
part at left side of the terminal block.
7) Pull the inverter box upward.
8) Disconnect connectors of various lead
wires.
REQUIREMENT
As each connector has a lock mechanism,
avoid to remove the connector by holding
the lead wire, but by holding the connector.
Remove the connectors
with locking function by
pushing the part indicated
by the arrow mark.
– 136 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
„ Control P.C.
1) Disconnect lead wires and connectors
connected from the control P.C. board
assembly to other parts.
board assembly
Take off
earth screws.
1. Lead wires
• Connection with the power terminal
block: 3 wires (Black, White, Orange)
• Earth wire: 1 wire (Black)
2. Connectors
Power line
• Connection with compressor:
Remove 3P connector.
Inverter box
(Metal sheet)
• Connection with reactor:
Remove the relay connectors from
P07, 08 (2P, White) and P12, 13 (2P,
Yellow)
Control P.C.
board assembly
P.C. board base
CN300 : Outdoor fan (3P, White)
CN301 : Position detection (5P, White)
CN701 : 4-way valve (3P, Yellow)
CN600 : TE sensor (2P, White)
CN601 : TD sensor (3P, White)
CN603 : TS sensor (3P, White)
CN602 : TO sensor (3P, White)
CN500 : Case thermo. (2P, White)
CN703 : PMV (6P, White)
Hooking claws
(4 positions)
2) Remove the inverter box (Metal plate).
3) Remove the control board assembly from
P.C. board base.
Control P.C.
board assembly
(Remove the heat sink and the control
board assembly as they are screwed.)
NOTES:
1. CN300, CN301 and CN701, etc. at the
control board assembly side are connec-
tors with locking function. Therefore,
remove the connector while pushing the
part indicated by an arrow mark.
P.C. board base
2. Remove 4 hooking claws of P.C. board
base, and remove upward the heat sink
with hands.
4) Take off 3 screws fixing the heat sink and
main control board assembly side, and
replace the board with a new one.
NOTE:
When mounting a new board, check that the
board is correctly set in the groove of the
base holder of P.C. board base.
Attach the P.C. board so that the heat sink
comes securely contact with the metal
sheet.
Heat sink
Inverter box
(Metal sheet)
– 137 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
ꢀ Rear cabinet
1) Perform works of items 1 of and ‚, ƒ.
2) Take off fixed screws for the bottom plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 3 pcs.)
3) Take off fixed screws for the heat ex-
changer. (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
Rear cabinet
4) Take off fixed screw for the valve mounting
plate. (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 1 pc.)
† Fan motor
1) Perform works of items 1 of and ‚.
2) Take off the flange nut fixing the fan motor
and the propeller.
Flange nut
• Turning it clockwise, the flange nut can
be loosened.
(To tighten the flange nut, turn counter-
clockwise.)
3) Remove the propeller fan.
4) Disconnect the connector for fan motor
from the inverter.
Loosen the nut by
turning clockwise
5) Take off the fixing screws (3 pcs.) holding
by hands so that the fan motor does not
fall.
NOTE:
Tighten the flange nut with torque 4.9Nm
(50kgf/cm).
Propeller fan
Fan
motor
– 138 –
No. Part name
Procedure
Remarks
‡ Compressor 1) Perform works of items 1 of and
Partition plate
‚, ƒ, „, ꢀ.
2) Discharge refrigerant gas.
3) Remove the partition plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
4) Remove the noise-insulator.
5) Remove the terminal covers of the
compressor, and disconnect lead
wires of the compressor and the
compressor thermo assembly from
the terminal.
6) Remove pipes connected to the
compressor with a burner.
Compressor
lead
CAUTION
Pay attention to that flame does not
involve 4-way valve or PMV. (If doing
so, a malfunction may be caused.)
Case thermo
7) Take off the fixing screws of the
bottom plate and heat exchanger.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
Heat exchanger
Remove
(Discharge pipe)
8) Take off the fixing screws of the valve
clamping plate to the bottom plate.
9) Pull upward he refrigerating cycle.
Remove
(Suction pipe)
Screw
10) Take off nut fixing the compressor to
the bottom place.
Valve
support board
CAUTION
Screws (2 pcs.)
Compressor bolt (3 pcs.)
When reconnecting the lead wires to
the compressor terminals after
replacement of the compressor, be
sure to caulk the Faston terminal
without loosening.
ˆ Reactor
1) Perform works of item 1 of and ƒ.
Partition
plate
Reactor
support board
Reactor
2) First take off two screws
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L) of the reactor fixed
to the reactor support.
3) Remove the reactor support from the
partition plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 4 pcs.)
4) Take off two screws
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L) directly attached to
the partition plate.
– 139 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
‰ Pulse Modulating 1. Detachment
Valve (P.M.V.) coil
1) Perform works of items and ‚.
Positioning extrusion
PMV body
2) Release the coil from the concavity by
turning it, and remove coil from the
P.M.V.
2. Attachment
1) Put the coil deep into the bottom
position.
2) Fix the coil firmly by turning it to the
concavity.
Concavity
PMV coil
Š Fan guard
1. Detachment
1) Perform works of items 1 of , and ‚.
Minus screwdriver
2) Remove the front cabinet, and put it
down so that fan guard side directs
downward.
CAUTION
Perform works on a corrugated card-
board, cloth, etc. to prevent flaw on the
product.
3) Remove the hooking claws by pushing
with minus screwdriver along with the
arrow mark in the right figure, and
remove the fan guard.
Front cabinet
Hooking claw
Front cabinet
2. Attachment
1) Insert claws of the fan guard in the hole
of the front cabinet. Push the hooking
claws (10 positions) with hands and
then fix the claws.
CAUTION
All the attaching works have completed.
Check that all the hooking claws are
fixed to the specified positions.
Fan guard
– 140 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
RAV-SM1103AT-E, RAV-SM1403AT-E / RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
Common
procedure
CAUTION
Never forget to put on the gloves at
working time, otherwise an injury will be
caused by the parts, etc.
Front
cabinet
1. Detachment
1) Stop operation of the air conditioner, and
also turn off switch of the breaker.
2) Remove the front panel.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 3 pcs.)
• After taking off screws, remove the front
panel by pulling it downward.
3) Disconnect the connecting cables and
power cord from the terminals and cord
clamp.
Upper plate
of cabinet
4) Remove the upper cabinet.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 6 pcs.)
2. Attachment
1) Attach the waterproof cover.
Water-proof
cove
CAUTION
Be sure to attach a waterproof cover.
If it is not attached, there is a possibility
that water enters inside of the outdoor unit.
2) Attach the upper cabinet.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 6 pcs.)
3) Connect the connecting cable and power
cord at the terminal and fix them with cord
clamp.
CAUTION
Using bundling band sold at a market, be
sure to fix the power cables and indoor/
outdoor connecting cables along the inter-
unit cable so that they do not come to
contact with the compressor, valves and
cables at gas side, and the discharge pipe.
4) Attach the front cabinet.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 3 pcs.)
– 141 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
‚ Discharge port 1. Detachment
cabinet
1) Perform work of item 1 of .
Side cabinet
Inverter
2) Take off screws (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 3 pcs.)
of discharge port cabinet for the partition
plate.
3) Take off screws (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
of discharge port cabinet for the bottom
plate.
4) Take off screw (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 1 pc.) of
discharge port cabinet for the heat
exchanger.
Fin guard
5) Take off screws (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
of discharge port cabinet for the fin guard.
2. Attachment
1) Put the upper left side of the discharge
port cabinet on the end plate of the heat
exchanger, and then fix it with screw.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 1 pc.)
2) Attach the removed screws to the original
positions.
End plate of the
heat exchanger
Discharge port
ƒ Side cabinet
1) Perform work of item 1 of .
2) Remove screw fixing the inverter and the
side cabinet. (ST1T Ø4 × 10, 1 pc.)
3) Remove screws of the side cabinet and
the valve support plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)
4) Remove screw of the side cabinet and the
cabling panel (Rear).
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 1 pc.)
5) Remove screw of the side cabinet and the
bottom plate. (ST1T Ø4 × 10, 1 pc.)
Valve support plate
Inverter
Side cabinet
6) Remove screw of the side cabinet and the
fin guard (Heat exchanger).
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)
Side cabinet
Valve support
plate
Cabling panel
(Rear)
– 142 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
„ Inverter
1) Perform works of items of 1) to 5) of .
assembly
Screw
2) Take off screw (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 1 pc.) of
the upper left part of the inverter cover.
Inverter
assembly
• If removing the inverter cover under this
condition, P.C. board can be checked.
• If there is no space in the upper part of
the upper cabinet, perform works of
items 6) to 7) of (1) and remove the
partition fixing plate.
Holder
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 1 pc.)
CAUTION
Inverter
cover
Be careful to check the inverter because
high-voltage circuit is incorporated in it.
3) Perform discharging by connecting the
discharging resistance (approx. 100Ω,
Inverter
assembly
–
40W) or plug of soldering iron to
+
,
terminals of the C10 too 13 (printed as
“CAUTION HIGH VOLTAGE”) electrolytic
capacitor (760µF) of P.C. board.
Plug of
soldering iron
WARNING
The electrolytic capacitor may not nor-
mally discharge according to error con-
tents and the voltage may remain. There-
fore, be sure to discharge the capacitor.
Left time:
10 sec. or more
WARNING
For discharging, never use a screwdriver
Inverter assembly
and others for short-circuiting between
+
–
and
electrodes.
As the electrolytic capacitor is one with a
large capacity, it is very dangerous
because a large electric spark will occur.
4) Remove various lead wires from the
holder at upper part of the inverter box.
5) Remove the hook for the partition plate
(lower left side).
Hook for the side
cabinet (lower left side)
6) Remove the hook for the side cabinet
(lower left side) and the screw, and lift up
the inverter assembly upward. (ST1T Ø4
× 10L, 1 pc.) In this time, cut off the band
bundling each lead wire.
Screw
REQUIREMENT
Remove the connectors
with locking function by
pushing the part indicated
by the arrow mark.
As each connector has a lock mechanism,
avoid to remove the connector by holding
the lead wire, but by holding the connector.
– 143 –
No. Part name
Procedure
Remarks
„ Inverter
assembly
7) Remove connectors which are connected
from the cycle P.C. board to other parts.
(Continued)
CN600: TD sensor (3P: White)
CN601: TO sensor (2P: White)
CN604: TE sensor (2P: White) *Note 1)
CN605: TS sensor (3P: White) *(Note 1)
CN301: Outdoor fan (3P: White) *(Note 1)
CN300: Position detection (5P: White)
CN500: Case thermo. (2P: Blue) *(Note 1)
Inverter box (Metal sheet)
CN702: P.M.V. (Pulse Motor Valve)
coil (6P: White) *(Note 1)
P.C. board
base
Relay connector:
4-way valve (3P:Yellow) *(Note 1)
Relay connector:
Reactor 2 pcs. (2P: White) *(Note 1)
Compressor lead: Remove terminal cover of
the compressor, and remove the lead wire
from terminal of the compressor.
Cycle control
P.C. board
assembly
Inverter
control
*(Note 1)
P.C. board
assembly
Remove the connectors by releasing lock of the
housing.
8) Remove various lead wires.
9) Cut off tie lap which fixes various lead wires
to the inverter assembly.
ꢀ Cycle P.C.
1) Remove connectors and lead wires which
are connected from the cycle P.C. board to
other parts.
board
1. Connector
CN01 : Connection with IPDU P.C. board
(5P, Red) *(Note 1)
CN02 : Indoor/Outdoor connection
terminal block (5P, Black)
Cycle control
P.C. board
assembly
CN03 : Connection with IPDU P.C. board
(3P, White) *(Note 1)
CN04 : Connection with IPDU P.C. board
(2P, White) *(Note 1)
CN700 : 4-way valve (3P, Yellow) *(Note 1)
CN800 : Connection with IPDU P.C. board
(5P, Red) *(Note 1)
*(Note 1)
Remove the connector while releasing locking of
the housing.
2) Mount a new cycle P.C. board.
– 144 –
No. Part name
Procedure
Remarks
† IPDU P.C.
1) Perform the works in „ and ꢀ.
board
2) Remove the connectors and the lead wires
which are connected from IPDU P.C. board to
the other parts.
1. Connector
CN04 :Connection with cycle P.C. board (3P: White) *(Note 1)
CN05 :Connection with cycle P.C. board (2P: White) *(Note 1)
CN06 :Connection with cycle P.C. board (5P: Red) *(Note 1)
CN13 :Connection with cycle P.C. board (5P: Red) *(Note 1)
2. Lead wire
CN01 :Connection with power terminal block (Red)
CN02 :Connection with power terminal block (White)
CN03 :Connection with inverter box (Black)
CN09 :Connection with compressor (Red)
CN10 :Connection with compressor (White)
CN11 :Connection with compressor (Black)
Inverter
control
P.C. board
assembly
Rectifier diode
: Orange lead wire *(Note 2)
: Gray lead wire *(Note 2)
: Red lead wire
+
–
~
(Top)
: Brown lead wire
~
Inverter
control
(Bottom)
P.C. board
assembly
*(Note 1)
Remove the connectors by releasing lock of the
housing.
Groove for
P.C. boaed
3) Remove the control P.C. board assembly from
P.C. board base. (Remove the heat sink and the
inverter control P.C. board assembly as they are
screwed.)
*(Note 2)
Remove the heat sink upward by taking off two
claws of P.C. base and holding the heat sink.
4) Take off two screws which fix the heat sink and
IGBT and also take off support hooks of the P.C.
board (5 positions) to remove IPDU P.C. board.
Inverter box
(Metal sheet)
Heat sink
5) Mount a new IPDU P.C. board.
*(Note 3)
The rectifier diode has polarity, so be careful to
+
–
–
and
. If
+
and
are mistaken, a trouble is
caused.
*(Note 4)
When mounting a new board, check that it is
correctly set in the groove of the base holder of P.C.
board base.
– 145 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
‡ Fan motor
1) Perform works of items 1) to 5), 7) of
2) Remove the flange nut fixing the fan
motor and the propeller fan.
Flange
nut
• Loosen the flange nut by turning clock-
wise. (To tighten the flange nut, turn it
counterclockwise.)
3) Remove the propeller fan.
4) Remove the lead wire from the hook fixing
the fan motor lead wires on the motor
base. (Three positions)
Loosen by turning
clockwise
5) Disconnect the connector for fan motor
from the inverter.
6) Take off the fixing screws (4 pcs.) while
holding by hands so that the fan motor
does not fall.
*(Note)
Tighten the flange nut with torque 9.8N•m
(100kgf/cm).
Propeller fan
Fan motor
Fixing claws for
fan motor lead
wires (3 positions)
Motor base
– 146 –
No. Part name
Procedure
Remarks
ˆ Compressor 1) Perform works of items , ‚, ƒ, and „.
2) Evacuate refrigerant gas.
Motor
base
3) Disconnect the connector for fan motor from
the inverter.
4) Take off screws fixing the motor base to the
bottom plate. (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
5) Remove the motor base together with the
fan motor and the propeller fan.
6) Take off screws fixing the partition plate to
the valve support plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
Partition plate
7) Remove the valve support plate.
(M6 × 4 pcs.)
8) Take off screws of the partition plate and the
bottom plate. (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
9) Take off screws of the partition plate and the
heat exchanger. (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
10) Remove the noise-insulator.
Valve support
Screw
11) Remove the terminal covers of the com-
pressor, and disconnect lead wires of the
compressor and the compressor thermo
assembly from the terminal.
Partition
plate
12) Remove pipes connected to the compres-
sor with a burner.
CAUTION
Pay attention to that flame does not involve
4-way valve or PMV.
(If doing so, a malfunction may be caused.)
Valve
support
13) Pull the refrigerating cycle upward.
14) Take off nut fixing the compressor on the
bottom plate. (3 pcs.)
15) Pull the compressor toward you.
CAUTION
When reconnecting the lead wires to the
compressor terminals after replacement of
the compressor, be sure to caulk the Faston
terminal without loosening.
Compressor
lead wire
Case thermo
Remove
(Discharge
pipe)
Remove
(Suction
pipe)
Compressor
nut (3 pcs.)
– 147 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
‰ Reactor
1) Perform works of items 1 of and „.
2) Take off screws fixing the reactor.
(Ø4 x 10L , 2 pcs. per one reactor.
An outdoor unit has two reactors on the
partition plate.)
Partition plate
Screws
Reactor
Š Pulse Modulating 1. Detachment
Valve (PMV) coil
1) Perform works of items 1 of and ƒ.
Positioning extrusion
PMV body
2) Remove the coil from PMV body while
pulling it upward.
2. Attachment
1) Match the positioning extrusion of the coil
surely to the concavity of PMV body to fix
it.
Concavity
PMV coil
– 148 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
11
Fan guard
1. Detachment
1) Perform works of items 1 of and ‚.
Discharge
port cabinet
2) Remove the air flow cabinet, and put it
down so that the fan guard side directs
downward.
Bell mouth
Perform work on a corrugated card-
board, cloth, etc. to prevent flaw to the
product.
Remove
two screws
3) Take off screws fixing the bell mouth.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
4) Remove the bell mouth.
Bell mouth
5) Remove the hooking claws by pushing
with minus screwdriver along with the
arrow mark as shown in right figure.
Discharge
port cabinet
2. Attachment
1) Insert claw of the fan guard in hole of the
discharge panel. Push the hooking claws
(5 positions) with hands and fix the claws.
Minus screwdriver
Fan guard
After all the attachment works are
completed, check that all the hooking
claws are fixed to the specified posi-
tions.
2) Mount the bell mouth by hooking three
claws at upper side of the bell mouth in
the slits on the discharge cabinet.
3) After attachment, fix the bell mouth with
screws. (ST1T Ø4 × 10L, 2 pcs.)
Hooking claw
Discharge port cabinet
Slit (3 positions)
Bell mouth
Claw (3 positions)
– 149 –
RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E
No. Part name
Procedure
Remarks
Common
procedure
REQUIREMENT
Front panel
Before works, put on gloves, otherwise an
injury may be caused by parts, etc.
1. Detachment
1) Stop operation of the air conditioner, and
turn off switch of the breaker.
2) Remove the front panel.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 3 pcs.)
• After removing the screws, remove the
front panel while drawing it downward.
3) Remove the power cable and the indoor/
outdoor connecting cable from cord clamp
and terminal.
4) Remove the roof plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 6 pcs.)
2. Attachment
1) Mount the roof plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 6 pcs.)
2) Connect the power cable and the indoor/
outdoor connecting cable to terminal, and
then fix them with cord clamp.
Roof plate
REQUIREMENT
Be sure to fix the power cable and the
indoor/outdoor connecting cable with
bundling band on the market along the
inter-unit cable so that they do not come
to contact with the compressor, the valve
and the cable at gas side, and the dis-
charge pipe.
3) Attach the front panel.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 3 pcs.)
– 150 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
Heat exchanger
Air-outlet cabinet
‚ Air-outlet cabinet 1. Detachment
1) Perform the work in 1 of .
2) Take off screws for the air-outlet cabinet
and the partition plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 3 pcs.)
3) Take off screws for the air-outlet cabinet
and the base plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)
4) Take off screw for the air-outlet cabinet
and the heat exchanger.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 1 pc.)
5) Take off screws for the air-outlet cabinet
and the fin guard.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)
Finguard
2. Attachment
Upperr sidee of the end
plate of heat exchanger
1) Put the upper left side of the air-outlet
cabinet on the end plate of heat ex-
changer, and fix it with screw.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 1 pc.)
2) Attach the taken-off screws to the
original positions.
Air-outlet cabinet
Inverter
Side cabinet
ƒ Side cabinet
1) Perform the work in 1 of .
2) Take off screws fixing the inverter and
the side cabinet.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)
3) Take off screws for the side cabinet and
the valve fixed plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)
4) Take off screw for the side cabinet and
the piping panel (Rear).
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 1 pc.)
5) Take off screw for the side cabinet and
the base plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 1 pc.)
6) Take off screws for the side cabinet and
the fin guard.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 4 pcs.)
Valve fixed plate
Side cabinet
– 151 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
„ Inverter
1) Perform the works in 1 of and ƒ.
Inverter assembly
Cycle P.C. board
assembly
2) Remove connectors which are connected
from the cycle P.C. board to other parts.
CN600: TD sensor (3P: White)
CN601: TO sensor (2P: White)
CN604: TE sensor (2P: White) *(Note 1)
CN605: TS sensor (3P: White) *(Note 1)
CN301: Upper outdoor fan (3P: White)
*(Note 1)
CN300: Detection of upper position
(5P: White)
CN303: Lower outdoor fan (3P: White)
*(Note 1)
CN302: Detection of lower position
(5P: White)
CN500: Case thermo. (2P: Blue)
*(Note 1)
CN700: 4-way valve (3P:Yellow)
*(Note 1)
Hooks of heat sink cover
(2 positions)
Inverter assembly
CN702: PMV (Pulse Motor Valve) coil
(6P: White) *(Note 1)
Relay connector:
Reactor 2 pcs. (2P: White)
Compressor lead: Remove terminal cover
of the compressor, and remove the lead
wire from terminal of the compressor.
*(Note 1)
Remove the connectors by releasing lock of
the housing.
3) Remove various lead wires from the
holder at upper part of the inverter.
4) Cut off tie lap which fixes various lead
wires to the inverter assembly.
5) Lift up the hook (upper left) with the
partition plate upward just removing.
Heat sink cover
* Caution to mount the inverter assembly
Mount the inverter assembly to the partition
plate so that hooks of the heat sink cover
do not come near the partition plate but
also near the fan side.
– 152 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
ꢀ Cycle P.C. board 1) Perform the works in 1 of and ƒ.
Cycle control P.C. board assembly
2) Remove connectors and lead wires
which are connected from the cycle P.C.
board to other parts.
1. Connector
CN800: Connection with IPDU P.C.
board (5P: Red) *(Note 1)
CN01: Connection with IPDU P.C.
board (5P: Red) *(Note 1)
CN02: Indoor/Outdoor connection
terminal block (5P: Black)
*(Note 1)
CN03: Connection with IPDU P.C.
board (3P: White) *(Note 1)
CN04: Connection with IPDU P.C.
board (2P: White) *(Note 1)
*(Note 1)
P.C. board fixing hooks
(4 positions)
Remove the connectors by releasing lock of
the housing.
3) Remove the supporting hooks at 4
corners to remove the cycle P.C. board.
4) Mount a new cycle P.C. board.
5) Lift up the hook (upper left) with the
partition plate upward just removing.
– 153 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
† IPDU P.C. board 1) Perform the works in „ and ꢀ.
Screw
Screw
2) Take off screws of the inverter assembly
to separate the inverter assembly.
(M4 × 8, 4 pcs)
3) Remove the connectors and the lead
wires which are connected from IPDU
P.C. board to the other parts.
1. Connector
CN04: Connection with cycle P.C.
board (3P: White) *(Note 1)
CN05: Connection with cycle P.C.
board (2P: White) *(Note 1)
Screw
Screw
CN06: Connection with cycle P.C.
board (5P: Red) *(Note 1)
CN13: Connection with cycle P.C.
board (5P: Red) *(Note 1)
CN600: Heat sink sensor (2P: Black)
2. Lead wire
CN01: Connection with power
terminal block (Red)
CN02: Connection with power
terminal block (White)
IPDU P.C. board
Heat sink cover
CN03: Connection with inverter box
(Black)
CN09: Connection with compressor
(Red)
CN10: Connection with compressor
(White)
CN11: Connection with compressor
(Black)
Rectifier diode
+
–
: Orange lead wire *Note 2
: Gray lead wire *Note 2
: Red lead wire
Screw
~
(Top)
: Brown lead wire
~
(Bottom)
Screw
*(Note 1)
Remove the connectors by releasing lock of
the housing.
Heat sink
4) Remove the heat sink cover.
(M4 × 8, 2pcs)
P.C. board fixing hooks (5 positions)
IPDU P.C. board
5) Take off two screws which fix the heat
sink and IGBT and also take off support
hooks of the P.C. board (5 positions) to
remove IPDU P.C. board.
6) Mount a new IPDU P.C. board.
*(Note 2)
The rectifier diode has polarity, so be
–
–
careful to
mistaken, a trouble is caused.
+
and
. If
+
and
are
– 154 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
‡ Fan motor
1) Perform the works in 1 of and 1 of ‚.
Flange nut
Loosen by
turning clockwise.
2) Take off flange nut fixing the fan motor
with the propeller fan.
• Loosen the flange nut by turning clock-
wise. (When tightening, turn it counter-
clockwise.)
3) Remove the propeller fan.
4) Remove connector for the fan motor from
the inverter.
5) Take off fixing screws (4 pcs) with sup-
porting the fan motor so that it does not
fall down.
Propeller fan
6) When replacing the fan motor at lower
side, remove the motor lead fixed plate
which is fixed to the partition plate with
screw (ST1T Ø4 × 10, 1 pc), pull the fan
motor lead out of the partition plate, and
then remove the fan motor.
* Cautions in assembling fan motor
<In case of RAV-SP1102AT-E>
Fan motor connector at upper side
• Be sure to mount the propeller fan and the
fan motor at upper and lower sides be-
cause they are different.
• Tighten the flange nut with the following
torque.
Upper side: 9.8N·m (100kgf·cm)
Lower side: 4.9N·m (50kgf·cm)
<In case of RAV-SP1402AT-E>
• The same propeller fan and the fan motor
are used at upper and lower sides.
• Tighten the flange nut with the following
torque.
Cycle P.C. board
Fan motor connector at lower side
Upper side: 9.8N·m (100kgf·cm)
Lower side: 9.8N·m (100kgf·cm)
Fan motor
• Be sure to mount the motor lead fixed plate
so that the fan motor lead is not caught in.
• Be sure that the propeller fan does not
come to contact with the fan motor lead.
Fan motor
lead
Partition
plate
Motor lead
fixed plate
– 155 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
ˆ Compressor
1) Recover refrigerant gas.
2) Perform the works in 1 of and in ƒ.
3) Remove the piping panel (Front).
Take off screws of the piping panel (Front)
and the base plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs)
Take off screws of the piping panel (Front)
and the piping panel (Rear).
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs)
4) Remove the piping panel (Rear).
Piping panel (Front)
Take off screws of the piping panel (Rear)
and the base plate.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs)
5) Remove the sound-insulation plate.
6) Remove terminal cover of the compressor,
and then remove compressor lead and
case thermo. of the compressor.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs)
7) Remove TD sensor fixed to the discharge
pipe.
Piping panel
(Rear)
8) Using a burner, remove pipe connected to
the compressor.
Remove (Suction pipe)
NOTE)
Remove (Discharge pipe)
Case thermo.
Pay attention that 4-way valve or PMV is
not exposed to a flame.
TD sensor
(Otherwise, a malfunction may be
caused.)
9) Pull out discharge pipe and suction pipe
of the refrigerating cycle upward.
10) Take off the compressor nuts (3 pcs)
fixing the compressor to the base plate.
11) Draw out the compressor toward you.
Compressor lead
Compressor nuts
(3 pcs)
‰ PMV coil
1. Detachment
1) Perform the works in 1 of and in ƒ.
Positioning extrusion
PMV body
2) Hold outside of the coil by hands and turn
it while lifting upward. The fixing hooks
come off the fixing concavities and then
the coil can be removed from PMV body.
2. Attachment
1) Match the positioning extrusion of the coil
surely to the concave part of PMV body,
and then fix it.
PMV coil
Concave part
– 156 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
Š Fan guard
1. Detachment
1) Perform the works in 1 of and in 1 of ‚.
Air-outlet
cabinet
REQUIREMENT
Bell-mouth
To prevent damage on the products, treat
component on a corrugated paper, cloth,
etc.
Screws
(2 pcs)
Remove
2) Remove the air-outlet cabinet, and then
put down it directing the fan guard side
downward.
Bell-mouth
3) Take off screws fixing the bell-mouth.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs)
4) Remove the bell-mouth.
5) Take off screws fixing the fan guard.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs)
6) Remove hanging hook of the fan guard by
pushing with a minus screwdriver.
2. Attachment
1) Insert the extrusion at the upper side of
the fan guard into the square hole of the
air-outlet cabinet, and then insert the
hanging hook. Fix the hanging hooks
(5 positions) by pushing with hands.
Air-outlet cabinet
Fan guard
Minus screwdriver
REQUIREMENT
Check that all the hanging hooks are fixed
to the specified positions.
2) After attachment, fix it with screws.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs)
Hanging hook
Air-outlet cabinet
3) Mount the bell-mouth by hanging hooks
(3 positions) at upper side of the bell-
mouth to the square holes of the air-outlet
cabinet.
4) After attachment, fix it with screws.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs)
* Caution in assembling bell-mouth
• The size (color) of the bell-mouth at
upper side differs from that at lower side.
(Only for RAV-SP1102AT-E)
Square holes (3 positions)
Bell-mouth
<In case of RAV-SP1102AT-E>
Upper side: Black
Lower side: Gray
<In case of RAV-SP1402AT-E>
Upper side: Black
Lower side: Black
Hooks (3 positions)
– 157 –
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
11 Reactor
1) Perform works of items to „.
Partition board
Reactor
NOTE)
The same two reactors are installed to this
outdoor unit though each installation place
is different.
One is attached to a partition board, and the
other is attached to an electric parts box.
2) Remove the connector of the reactor lead
wire connected to the inverter assembly.
3) Remove fixing screws of the reactor.
<Cautions for assembling>
The temperature of the reactor becomes
high during operation of the outdoor unit.
Using a cord holder, fix various sensor lead
wires or fan motor lead wires in the sur-
roundings of the reactor to be fixed to the
electric parts box as shown below so that
they do not come to contact with the reac-
tor.
Electric parts box
Reactor
Cord holder
Fan motor lead wire
Various sensor
lead wires
Reactor
– 158 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
15. EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST
15-1. Indoor Unit
15-1-1. 4-Way Air Discharge Cassette Type
RAV-SM563UT-E, RAV-SM803UT-E
233
231
225
209
208
AR
TEST
SETTING
˚C
205
202
226
201
207
211, 213, 219 (SM563UT-E)
212, 214, 220 (SM803UT-E)
224
210
215, 217, 221 (SM563UT-E)
216, 218, 222 (SM803UT-E)
227 (SM563UT-E)
228 (SM803UT-E)
230
223
232
CODE No.
SuMoTuWeTh Fr Sa
SET DATA SETTING TEST
PROGRAM1
UNIT No.
ERROR
PROGRAM2
PROGRAM3
R.C.
No.
H
203 (SM563UT-E)
204 (SM803UT-E)
TEMP.
ON OFF
/
WEEKLY TIMER
TIMER SET
TIME
FAN
SWING/FIX
UNIT
MODE
VENT
206
FILTER
RESET TEST
SET CL
Location
No.
Part
No.
Location
No.
Part
No.
Description
Description
201
43121736 Pump, Drain, ADP-1409,
220-240V
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
230
43149354 Socket, 5/8 IN, Ø15.88
43049697 Bonnet, Ø6.35
43047609 Bonnet, Ø9.52
43147195 Bonnet, 1/2 IN, Ø12.7
43194029 Bonnet, Ø15.88
43019904 Holder, Sensor, SUS
43170245 Hose, Drain
202
203
204
205
206
43120215 Fan, Ass’y Turbo, TJ461
4314J265 Refrigeration Cycle Ass’y
4314J266 Refrigeration Cycle Ass’y
431S8055 Owner’s Manual
43172187 Pan Ass’y, Drain,
PS-F+ABS, Sheet
43139137 Rubber, Cushion
43097212 Nut
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
43151290 Switch, Float, FS-0218-102
43121738 Motor, Fan, SWF-230-60-1R
43170244 Hose, Drain, 25A
4314Q009 Distributor Ass’y
4314Q010 Distributor Ass’y
43166002 Remote Controller,
SX-A1EE (RBC-AMT31E)
43166004 Remote Controller,
SX-A11JE2 (RBC-AS21E2)
43166005 Remote Controller,
EX-W2JE2 (RBC-EXW21E2)
43166006 Remote Controller,
WH-H1JE2 (RBC-AX22CE2)
43079249 Band, Hose
43047685 Nut, Flare, 1/4 IN, Ø6.35
43047686 Nut, Flare, 3/8 IN, Ø9.52
43149351 Socket, Ø6.35
231
232
233
43049776 Socket, Ø9.52
43047688 Nut, Flare, 1/2 IN, Ø12.7
43149352 Nut, Flare, 5/8 IN, Ø15.88
43149353 Socket, 1/2 IN, Ø12.7
– 159 –
402
404
401
405
403
Location
No.
Part
No.
Description
401
402
403
404
43160565 Terminal Block, 3P, 20A
43050425 Sensor, TC (F6)
43050426 Sensor, TA
43160568 Terminal Block, 2P,
1A, AC30V
405
4316V323 P.C. Board Ass’y, MCC-1402
– 160 –
RAV-SP1102UT-E
211
225
209
202
226
206
224
212
201
208
216, 218, 222
205
213, 214, 220
228
223
207
233
231
230
232
TEST
SETTING
˚C
CODE No.
SuMoTuWeTh Fr Sa
SET DATA SETTING TEST
PROGRAM1
PROGRAM2
PROGRAM3
UNIT No.
ERROR
R.C.
No.
H
TEMP.
ON / OFF
WEEKLY TIMER
TIMER SET
FAN
SWING/FIX
UNIT
MODE
VENT
TIME
FILTER
RESET TEST
SET CL
Location
No.
Part
No.
Location
No.
Part
No.
Description
Description
201
43121736 Pump, Drain, ADP-1409,
220-240V
220
222
223
224
225
226
228
230
43047609 Bonnet, Ø9.6
43194029 Bonnet, Ø15.9
43019904 Holder, Sensor, SUS
43170245 Hose, Drain
43139137 Rubber, Cushion
43097212 Nut
202
205
206
207
43120214 Fan Ass’y Turb, TY461
4314J267 Refrigeration Cycle Ass’y
4318T681 Owner’s Manual
43172187 Pan Ass’y, Drain,
PS-F+ABS, Sheet
434Q011 Distributor Ass’y
208
209
211
212
213
214
216
218
43151290 Switch, Float, FS-0218-102
43121737 Motor, Fan, SWF-200-90-1R
43170244 Hose, Drain, 25A
43166002 Remote Controller,
SX-A1EE (RBC-AMT31E)
231
232
233
43166004 Remote Controller,
SX-A11JE2 (RBC-AS21E2)
43079249 Band, Hose
43047686 Nut, Flare, 3/8 IN, Ø9.6
43049776 Socket, Ø9.6
43166005 Remote Controller,
EX-W2JE2 (RBC-EXW21E2)
43166006 Remote Controller,
WH-H1JE2 (RBC-AX22CE2)
43149352 Nut, Flare, 5/8 IN, Ø15.9
43149354 Socket, 5/8 IN, Ø15.9
– 161 –
402
404
401
405
403
Location
No.
Part
No.
Description
401
402
403
404
43160565 Terminal Block, 3P, 20A
43050425 Sensor, TC (F6)
43050426 Sensor, TA
43160568 Terminal Block, 2P,
1A, AC30V
405
4316V280 P.C. Board Ass’y, MMC-1402
– 162 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
RAV-SM1103UT-E, RAV-SM1403UT-E
211
225
209
206
202
226
224
212
201
208
216, 218, 222
205
213, 214, 220
227
223
207
232
230
229
231
TEST
SETTING
˚C
CODE No.
SuMoTuWeTh Fr Sa
ERROR
SET DATA SETTING TEST
PROGRAM1
PROGRAM2
PROGRAM3
UNIT No.
R.C.
No.
H
TEMP.
ON / OFF
WEEKLY TIMER
TIMER SET
FAN
SWING/FIX
UNIT
MODE
VENT
TIME
FILTER
RESET TEST
SET CL
Location
No.
Part
No.
Location
No.
Part
No.
Description
Description
201
43121736 Pump, Drain, ADP-1409,
220-240V
220
222
223
224
225
226
227
229
43047609 Bonnet, Ø9.62
43194029 Bonnet, Ø15.88
43019904 Holder, Sensor, SUS
43170245 Hose, Drain
43139137 Rubber, Cushion
43097212 Nut
202
205
206
207
43120214 Fan Ass’y Turb, TY461
4314J366 Refrigeration Cycle Ass’y
431S8055 Owner’s Manual
431172187 Pan Ass’y, Drain,
PS-F+ABS, Sheet
4314Q061 Distributor Ass’y
208
209
211
212
213
214
216
218
43151290 Switch, Float, FS-0218-102
43121737 Motor, Fan, SWF-200-90-1R
43170244 Hose, Drain, 25A
43166002 Remote Controller,
SX-A1EE (RBC-AMT31E)
230
231
232
43166004 Remote Controller,
SX-A11JE2 (RBC-AS21E2)
43079249 Band, Hose
43047686 Nut, Flare, 3/8 IN, Ø9.62
43049776 Socket, Ø9.62
43166005 Remote Controller,
EX-W2JE2 (RBC-EXW21E2)
43166006 Remote Controller,
WH-H1JE2 (RBC-AX22CE2)
43149352 Nut, Flare, 5/8 IN, Ø15.88
43149354 Socket, 5/8 IN, Ø15.88
– 163 –
402
404
401
405
403
Location
No.
Part
No.
Description
401
402
403
404
43160565 Terminal Block, 3P, 20A
43050425 Sensor, TC (F6)
43050426 Sensor, TA
43160568 Terminal Block, 2P,
1A, AC30V
405
4316V323 P.C. Board Ass’y, MMC-1402
– 164 –
RBC-U21PG (W) - E2
304
311
312
306
307
305
301
303
310
308
313
302
309
Location
No.
Part
No.
Location
No.
Part
No.
Description
Description
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
43409164 Panel, PS-HI100
43480010 Air Filter, ABS
43407120 Outlet, Air Form, PS-F
4302C063 Motor, Louver, MP24ZN
43409173 Louver, ABS
308
309
310
43407116 Grille, Catch, ABS
43409168 Grille, Air, Inlet
43409182 Cover, Panel Ass’y,
PS-HI100
311
312
313
43407123 Fix, Motor, ABS
43160573 Lead, Motor
43182002 Washer, SPCC
43422001 Joint, Kit
43422002 Joint, Kit
– 165 –
15-1-2. Concealed DuctType
RAV-SM562BT-E
37
TEST
SETTING
˚C
42
7
29
41
16
27
39
14
17
2
3, 902, 905
4, 6, 906
26
23
31
32
28
12, 13,
9, 10, 11
15
36
38
CODE No.
SuMoTuWeTh Fr Sa
SET DATA SETTING TEST
PROGRAM1
PROGRAM2
PROGRAM3
UNIT No.
ERROR
R.C.
No.
H
TEMP.
ON / OFF
WEEKLY TIMER
TIMER SET
FAN
SWING/FIX
UNIT
MODE
VENT
TIME
FILTER
RESET TEST
SET CL
34
Location
No.
Part
No.
Location
No.
Part
No.
Description
Description
2
3
43019904 Holder, Sensor
43047303 Bonnet
34
36
43180311 Air Filter
43166002 Remote Controller,
SX-A1EE (RBC-AMT31E)
43166004 Remote Controller,
SX-A11JE2 (RBC-AS21E2)
43166005 Remote Controller,
EX-W2JE2 (RBC-EXW21E2)
43166006 Remote Controller,
WH-H1JE2 (RBC-AX22CE2)
4
43047685 Nut, Flare, 1/4 IN
43049697 Bonnet
37
38
39
6
7
43079249 Band, Hose
43120226 Fan, Multi Blade
43121747 Pump Ass’y, Drain
43121740 Motor, Fan
15
16
17
23
26
28
29
31
32
4314Q015 Distributor Ass’y
41
42
4318T683 Owner’s Manual
43196012 Bushing
4314J268 Refrigeration cycle Ass’y
43160553 Lead, Motor, Fan
43170233 Hose, Drain
902
905
906
43149351 Soket
43047688 Nut, Flare, 1/2, IN
43149353 Soket
43172168 Pan Ass’y, Drain
43179110 Plug
– 166 –
RAV-SM802BT-E
33
TEST
SETTING
˚C
30
21
4
29
2
11
19
9
35
6, 7, 8
3, 904, 905
18
901, 902, 903
16
22
12
23
20
10
32
34
CODE No.
SuMoTuWeTh Fr Sa
SET DATA SETTING TEST
PROGRAM1
PROGRAM2
PROGRAM3
UNIT No.
ERROR
R.C.
No.
H
TEMP.
ON
/
OFF
WEEKLY TIMER
TIMER SET
TIME
FAN
SWING/FIX
UNIT
MODE
VENT
FILTER
RESET TEST
SET CL
24
Location
No.
Part
No.
Location
No.
Part
No.
Description
Description
2
3
43019904 Holder, Sensor
43047609 Bonnet
30
32
43196012 Bushing
43166002 Remote Controller,
SX-A1EE (RBC-AMT31E)
43166004 Remote Controller,
SX-A11JE2 (RBC-AS21E2)
43166005 Remote Controller,
EX-W2JE2 (RBC-EXW21E2)
43166006 Remote Controller,
WH-H1JE2 (RBC-AX22CE2)
43049776 Soket
4
43079249 Band, Hose
43120226 Fan, Multi Blade
43121747 Pump Ass’y, Drain
43121739 Motor, Fan
33
34
35
10
11
12
16
18
20
21
22
23
24
29
4314Q016 Distributor Ass’y
4314J269 Refrigeration cycle Ass’y
43160553 Lead, Motor, Fan
43170233 Hose, Drain
43172167 Pan Ass’y, Drain
43179110 Plug
901
902
903
904
905
43194029 Bonnet
43149355 Nut, Flare, 3/8, IN
43149352 Nut, Flare, 5/8, IN
43149354 Soket
43180312 Air Filter
4318T683 Owner’s Manual
– 167 –
RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E
35
31
TEST
SETTING
˚C
32
23
4
20
9
37
11
21
15
2
14
6, 7, 8
3, 904, 905
13
901, 902, 903
19
24
12
25
22
34
36
10
CODE No.
SuMoTuWeTh Fr Sa
SET DATA SETTING TEST
PROGRAM1
PROGRAM2
PROGRAM3
UNIT No.
ERROR
R.C.
No.
H
TEMP.
ON
/
OFF
WEEKLY TIMER
TIMER SET
TIME
FAN
SWING/FIX
UNIT
MODE
VENT
FILTER
RESET TEST
SET CL
26
Location
No.
Part
No.
Location
No.
Part
No.
Description
Description
2
3
43019904 Holder, Sensor
43047609 Bonnet
26
31
32
34
43180311 Air Filter
4318T683 Owner’s Manual
43196012 Bushing
4
43079249 Band, Hose
43120226 Fan, Multi Blade
43121747 Pump Ass’y, Drain
43121740 Motor, Fan
10
11
12
13
14
15
19
20
22
23
24
25
43166002 Remote Controller,
SX-A1EE (RBC-AMT31E)
43166004 Remote Controller,
SX-A11JE2 (RBC-AS21E2)
43166005 Remote Controller,
EX-W2JE2 (RBC-EXW21E2)
43166006 Remote Controller,
WH-H1JE2 (RBC-AX22CE2)
43049776 Soket
35
36
37
43125131 Bearing, Shaft
43125162 Coupling
43125163 Shaft
4314Q017 Distributor Ass’y
4314J270 Refrigeration cycle Ass’y
43160553 Lead, Motor, Fan
43170233 Hose, Drain
43172166 Pan Ass’y, Drain
43179110 Plug
901
902
903
904
905
43194029 Bonnet
43149355 Nut, Flare, 3/8, IN
43149352 Nut, Flare, 5/8, IN
43149354 Soket
– 168 –
RAV-SM562BT-E, RAV-SM802BT-E, RAV-SM1102BT-E, RAV-SM1402BT-E
402
405
401
407
Location
No.
Part
No.
Location
No.
Part
No.
\
Description
Description
401
402
403
404
43160565 Terminal Block, 3P, 20A
4316V281 P.C. Board Ass’y, MMC-1402
43050425 Sensor, TC (F6)
405
406
407
43160568 Terminal Block, 2P
43158193 Reactor
43155203 Capacitor
43050426 Sensor, TA
– 169 –
15-1-3. Under CeilingType
RAV-SM562CT-E, RAV-SM802CT-E, RAV-SM1102CT-E, RAV-SM1402CT-E
48
47
66
44, 45, 46
60
1, 2, 3
11
61
58
15
17
22, 23, 24
36, 37, 38,39, 54, 55
63
64
33, 34, 35,53, 56, 57
42
40
67
10
26
14
17
32
49
31
59
52
4, 5, 6
25
7, 8, 9
65
27 (1101, 1401CT-E)
27, 28
29
50
12
51
(1101, 1401CT-E)
30
62
12, 13
26
26
32
16
15
17
41
43
17
25
25
RAV-SM562CT-E
RAV-SM802CT-E
(Fan assembly)
(Fan assembly)
18
20
ADR
TEST
SETTING
˚C
21
19
CODE No.
SuMoTuWeTh Fr Sa
SET DATA SETTING TEST
PROGRAM1
PROGRAM2
PROGRAM3
UNIT No.
ERROR
R.C.
No.
H
TEMP.
ON
/
OFF
WEEKLY TIMER
TIMER SET
FAN
SWING/FIX
UNIT
MODE
VENT
TIME
FILTER
RESET TEST
SET CL
– 170 –
Location
No.
Part
No.
Location
No.
Part
No.
Description
Description
1
2
3
4314J271 Refrigeration cycle Ass’y
(SM562CT)
32
43125162 Coupling (SM802CT,
SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
4314J272 Refrigeration cycle Ass’y
(SM802CT)
33
34
43047685 Nut, Flare, 1/4 IN (SM562CT)
43049776 Socket (SM802CT,
SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
4314J273 Refrigeration cycle Ass’y
(SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
35
36
37
43149351 Socket (SM562CT)
4
5
6
43172188 Pan Drain Ass’y (SM562CT)
43172189 Pan Drain Ass’y (SM802CT)
43047688 Nut, Flare, 1/2 IN (SM562CT)
43149352 Nut, Flare, 5/8 IN (SM802CT,
SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
43172190 Pan Drain Ass’y
(SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
38
39
43149353 Socket, 1/2 IN (SM562CT)
7
8
9
43100356 Panel, Under (SM562CT)
43100357 Panel, Under (SM802CT)
43149354 Socket, 5/8 IN (SM802CT,
SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
43100358 Panel, Under
(SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
40
41
43149326 Cover, Back Base
43125164 Shaft, SS400B-D2 12
(SM802CT)
10
11
12
43102647 Cover Ass’y, Right Side
43102648 Cover Ass’y, Left Side
42
43125165 Shaft, SS400B-12 DIA
(SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
43109407 Grille, Inlet (SM562CT,
SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
43
44
43125159 Bearing (SM802CT)
13
14
43109408 Grille, Inlet (SM802CT,
SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
43109409 Grille Ass’y, Horizontal
(SM562CT)
43121741 Motor, Fan,
SWF-280-120-2R, 120W
(SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
45
46
43109410 Grille Ass’y, Horizontal
(SM802CT)
43109411 Grille Ass’y, Horizontal
(SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
15
16
43121742 Motor, Fan,
SWF-280-60-1R, 60W
(SM562CT)
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
43107260 Support, Grille Horizontal
43122086 Grille Ass’y, Vertical
43179129 Cap Drain
43121743 Motor, Fan,
SWF-280-60-2R, 60W
(SM802CT)
43107254 Hinge, Grille Inlet
43107255 Hook, Grille Inlet
43170234 Hose, Drain
17
18
43120227 Fan, Multi Blade
43166002 Remote Controller,
SX-A1EE (RBC-AMT31E)
43047609 Bonnet (SM802CT,
SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
19
20
21
43166004 Remote Controller,
SX-A11JE2 (RBC-AS21E2)
54
55
43047303 Bonnet (SM562CT)
43166005 Remote Controller,
EX-W2JE2 (RBC-EXW21E2)
43194029 Bonnet (SM802CT,
SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
43166006 Remote Controller,
WH-H1JE2 (RBC-AX22CE2)
56
43149355 Nut, Flare, 3/8 IN (SM802CT,
SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
22
23
24
4314Q012 Distributor Ass’y (SM562CT)
4314Q013 Distributor Ass’y (SM802CT)
57
58
59
60
43049697 Bonnet (SM562CT)
43019904 Holder, Sensor
4318T682 Owner’s Manual
4314Q014 Distributor Ass’y
(SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
43121746 Driver Ass’y, Horizontal L
Louver
25
26
27
43122084 Case, Fan, Lower
43122085 Case, Fan, Upper
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
43160556 Lead, Louver Horizontal
43108016 Mark TOSHIBA
43180314 Air Filter (SM562CT,
SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
43162049 Bushing, 50DIA
28
43180315 Air Filter (SM802CT,
SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
43162050 Bushing, 56DIA
43197189 Screw, Fix Drain Pan
43107252 Shaft, Horizontal Louver
29
30
31
43108014 Base, Receiver
43179136 Band, Hose
43139153 Spacer, Bearing
(SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
43125131 Bearing, Shaft
(SM1102CT, SM1402CT)
– 171 –
404
401
407
403
406
402
405
Location
No.
Part
No.
Location
Part
No.
Description
Description
No.
401
402
403
404
43050425 Sensor, TC (F6)
43160565 Terminal Block, 3P, 20A
43050426 Sensor, TA
405
406
407
43160568 Terminal Block, 2P
4316V280 P.C. Board Ass’y, MMC-1402
43155203 Capacitor
43158193 Reactor
– 172 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
15-2. Outdoor Unit
RAV-SM563AT-E, RAV-SM803AT-E
33
4
2
6
21, 22, 23
24, 25
37
3
9
8
10
34
13, 15,
19, 20
11, 12
28
27
7
14, 16, 17, 18
29
26
2
31
29
28
30
1
35 : TD (Discharge Pipe Temp. Sensor) Holder
36 : TS (Suction Pipe Temp. Sensor) Holder
37 : TE (Condenser Pipe Temp. Sensor) Holder
38 : TO (Outdoor Temp. Sensor) Holder
39 : Muffler
5
35
36
10, 32, 38
Location
No.
Part
No.
Location
No.
Part
No.
Description
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
43005657 Cabinet, Front
43005642 Cabinet, Upper
43005658 Cabinet, Side, Right
43005634 Cabinet, Side, Left
4301V035 Guard, Fan
4301V053 Guard, Fin
43100346 Base Ass’y
43119471 Cover, Valve, Packed
43162055 Cover, Wiring Ass’y
19
20
21
43194029 Bonnet (SM803AT-E)
43047401 Bonnet, 3/8 IN (SM803AT-E)
43046444 Valve, 4-Way, STF-0108Z
(SM563AT-E)
22
43046445 Valve, 4-Way, STF-0213Z
(SM803AT-E)
43146722 Coil, Solenoid,
43146695 Valve, Pulse, Modulating
37546849 Coil, PMV, CAM-MD12TF-1
43055521 Reactor
4302C068 Motor, Fan, ICF-140-43-4
43020329 Fan, Propeller, PJ421
43047669 Nut, Flange
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
39
10
43041786 Compressor Ass’y,
DA150, A1F-20F
11
12
13
14
15
16
4314G204 Condenser Ass’y
(SM563AT-E)
4314G251 Condenser Ass’y
43032441 Nipple, Drain
(SM803AT-E)
43089160 Cap, Waterproof
43050407 Thermostat, Bimetal
43063339 Holder, Sensor (TO)
43049749 Rebber, Cushion
43063321 Holder, Sensor
43063322 Holder, Sensor
43063325 Holder, Sensor
43063317 Holder, Thermostat
4314Q064 Muffler (SM563AT-E)
4314Q063 Muffler (SM803AT-E)
37546845 Valve, Packed, 6.35
(SM563AT-E)
43146680 Valve, Packed, 12.7
(SM563AT-E)
43146686 Valve, Packed, 9.52
(SM803AT-E)
43146681 Valve, Packed, 15.9
(SM803AT-E)
17
18
43147196 Bonnet, 1/4 IN (SM563AT-E)
43147195 Bonnet, 1/2 IN (SM563AT-E)
– 173 –
705
701
702
708
707
706
710
Location
No.
Part
No.
Location
No.
Part
No.
Description
Description
701
702
705
706
43150319 Sensor Ass’y, Service
43050425 Sensor Ass’y, Service
43062228 Base, P.C. Board
707
4316V293 P.C. Board Ass’y, SW,
MCC-1530
708
710
4316V284 P.C. Board Ass’y, MCC-5009
43160571 Fuse Holder, 15A, 250V
43160566 Terminal Block, 6P, 20A
– 174 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
RAV-SM1103AT-E, RAV-SM1403AT-E
4
33
32
31
30
5
11
21, 22
10
9
8
23, 24
34
36
37
7
35
1
3
6
25
27, 29
15, 16, 17
19, 20
18
26, 28
13
14
12
2
Location
No.
Part
No.
Location
No.
Part
No.
Description
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
43005635 Cabinet, Air Outled
43100350 Cabinet, Front Ass’y
43100349 Cabinet, Side Ass’y
43100355 Panel, Upper
43191633 Guard, Fin
43191651 Guard, Fan
43122065 Bell Mouth
43047669 Nut, Flange
43120224 Fan, Propeller, PE492
43121744 Motor, Fan, ICF-280-100-1R
4314G209 Condenser Ass’y
43100347 Panel, Front, Piping
43100345 Panel, Back, Piping
43119390 Hanger
43041787 Compressor Ass’y,
DA420A3F-21M
43050407 Thermostat, Bimetal
43063317 Holder, Thermostat
43100343 Base Ass’y
20
21
22
43149324 Rubber, Cushion, EPDM
43046445 Valve, 4-WAY, STF-0213Z
43146722 Coil, Solenoid,
STF-01AJ502E1
43146634 Valve, Pulse, Modulating
43146685 Coil, PMV, UKV-U048E
43148170 Accumulator Ass’y
43146686 Valve, Packed, 9.52 DIA
43146699 Valve, Ball
43047401 Bonnet, 3/8 IN
43194029 Bonnet
43158190 Reactor
43019904 Holder, Sensor
43063188 Holder, TC Sensor
43063332 Holder, Sensor
4314Q019 Strainer
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
16
17
18
19
4314Q033 Strainer
43089160 Cap, Waterproof
43032441 Nipple, Drain
43197183 Bolt, Compressor
– 175 –
707
708
704
706
703
705
701
TD
702
TO
TS
710
TE
Location
No.
Part
No.
Location
No.
Part
No.
Description
Description
701
702
703
704
705
43150319 Sensor Ass’y, Service
43050425 Sensor Ass’y, Service
43160565 Terminal Block, 3P, 20A
43131052 Rectifier
706
707
4316V283 P.C. Board Ass’y, CDB,
MCC-1531
4316V291 P.C. Board Ass’y, IPDU,
MCC-1438
708
710
43150320 Sensor Ass’y, Service
43160571 Fuse Holder, 15A, 250V
43160567 Terminal Block, 3P, 30A
– 176 –
RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E
4
5
11
10
38
37
9
8
2
32
21,22
36
24
23
34
7
35
30
14
1
31
3
13
27
19
25
28
29
18
15
16,17
33
26
20
12
Location
No.
Part
No.
Location
Part
No.
Description
Description
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
43100348 Cabinet, Air Outlet
43100350 Cabinet, Front Ass’y
43100349 Cabinet, Side Ass’y
43100351 Panel, Upper
43005489 Guard, Fin
43191651 Guard, Fan, PP-K
43122065 Bell, Mouth
43047669 Nut, Flange
23
43146695 Valve, Pulse, Modulating,
CAMB30YGTF-2
43046450 Coil, PMV, CAM-MD12TF-8
43048066 Accumulator Ass’y
24
25
26
43046392 Valve, Packed, 6.35
(SP562AT-E)
26
37546845 Valve, Packed, 9.52DIA
(SP802AT-E)
43047686 Bonnet, 3/8 IN (SP802AT-E)
43147196 Bonnet, 1/4 IN (SP562AT-E)
27
27
28
43120213 Fan, Propeller, PJ491, AS-G
4302C069 Motor, Fan, ICF-140-63-2R
10
11
43146680 Valve, Packed, 12.7,
4314G205 Condenser Ass’y
HKU-R410A-H4 (SP562AT-E)
(SP802AT-E)
28
29
29
30
31
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
43146699 Valve, Ball (SP802AT-E)
43147194 Bonnet, 5/8 IN (SP802AT-E)
43047303 Bonnet, 1/2 IN (SP562AT-E)
4314Q018 Strainer
4314Q021 Strainer (SP562AT-E)
4314Q022 Strainer (SP802AT-E)
43058276 Reactor, CH47-Z-T
43063321 Holder, Sensor
43063322 Holder, Sensor
43063325 Holder, Sensor
43063332 Holder, Sensor
43032441 Nipple, Drain
11
4314G200 Condenser Ass’y
(SP562AT-E)
43100347 Panel, Front, Piping
43100345 Panel, Back, Piping
43119390 Hanger
12
13
14
15
43041785 Compressor Ass’y,
DA220A2F-20L
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
43050407 Thermostat, Bimetal
43063317 Holder, Thermostat
43100342 Base Ass’y
43049739 Cushion, Rubber
43097212 Nut
43046445 Valve, 4-Way, STF-0213Z
43158192 Reactor, CH-43-Z-T
43046443 Coil, Solenoid,
VHV-01AJ503C1
– 177 –
INVERTER COVER
708
711
702
701
TE Sensor (Ø6)
TS Sensor (Ø6)
TO Sensor (Ø6)
TD Sensor (Ø4)
705
710
INVERTER BOX
707
704
Location
No.
Part
No.
Location
Part
No.
Description
Description
No.
701
702
704
705
707
43150319 Sensor, TD (F4)
43050425 Sensor, TC (F6)
43160566 Terminal Block, 6P, 20A
43162042 Base, P.C. Board
708
4316V278 P.C. Board Ass’y, IPDU,
MCC-1438
710
711
43160571 Fuse Holder, 15A, 250V
43131052 Rectifier
4316V282 P.C. Board Ass’y, CDB,
MCC-1531
– 178 –
RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E
35
41
40
Inverter
42
34
43
39
10
44
26
14
9
13
23
26,27
20
25
28
11
12
22
21
33
15
17
16
30
31
38
3,4
6
5
23,24
7,8
19
25
1,2
37
36
28,29
32
Location
No.
Part
No.
Location
No.
Part
No.
Description
Description
2
4
43100343 Base Ass’y
21
22
23
25
26
28
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
43148170 Accumulator Ass’y, 2.5L
4314Q020 Strainer
43041787 Compressor Ass’y,
DA420A3F-21M
4302C069 Motor, Fan, ICF-140-63-2R
43047669 Nut, Flange
5
6
43049739 Cushion, Rubber
43097212 Nut
43120213 Fan, Propeller, PJ491, AS-G
43122065 Bell Mouth, Plastic
43100352 Panel, Air Outlet
43191651 Guard, Fan, PP-K
43100353 Panel, Front
7
43050407 Thermostat, Bimetal
43063317 Holder, Thermostat
4314G207 Condenser, Down
4314G208 Condenser, Up
8
9
10
11
12
43146687 Valve, 4-WAY, STF-0401G
43100354 Panel, Side
43146683 Coil, Solenoid,
VHV-01AJ502E1,
43191602 Guard, Fin
43100355 Plate, Roof
13
43146634 Valve, Pulse, Modulating,
UKV-25D22
43100347 Panel, Front, Piping
43100345 Panel, Back, Piping
43119390 Hanger
14
15
16
17
19
20
21
43146695 Coil, PMV
43146613 Valve, Ball, 5/8 IN
43147194 Bonnet, 5/8 IN
43146686 Valve, Packed, 3/8 IN
43047401 Bonnet, 3/8 IN
4314Q019 Strainer
43158190 Peacter, CH-62-Z-T
43019904 Holder, Sensor, SUS
43063188 Holder, TC Sensor
43063332 Holder, Sensor
43032441 Nipple, Drain
43148170 Accumulator Ass’y, 2.5L
43146676 Check, Joint
– 179 –
702 TD SENSOR
707
TC SENSOR
701
(F6)
R501
R500
CN600
CN601
IC800
CN604
CN
605
CN800
CN12
CN04
CN03
L
N
1
2
2
710
706
704
703 SENSOR ASS’Y
709
P08
WHI
P18
BLU
P12
GRY
P13
GRY
P20
YEL
P17
BLU
P24
BRW
P09
WHI
P21
ORG
P28
BLK
705
RY01
P19
YEL
RED
Location
No.
Part
No.
Location
No.
Part
No.
Description
Description
701
702
703
704
705
706
43050425 Sensor Ass’y, Service
43150319 Sensor Ass’y, Service
43150320 Sensor Ass’y, Service
43160565 Terminal Block, 3P, 20A
43131052 Rectifier
707
709
710
4316V282 P.C. Board Ass’y, CDB,
MCC-1531
4316V291 P.C. Board Ass’y, IPDU,
MCC-1438
43160571 Fuse Holder, 15A, 250V
43160567 Terminal Block, 3P, 30A
– 180 –
15-3. Replacement of Main Parts (Sold Separately)
15-3-1. Drain up Kit
TCB-DP22CE2
No.
Part name
Procedure
Remarks
Drain pan
1. Remove the Drain up kit from the main
unit.
Screws
(Fixing drain pan and main unit)
2. Remove the set screws (2 positions)
and drain pan.
1 -2
Drain pan
‚ Float switch
1. Remove the drain pan.
Plastics nut
2. Remove the plastics nut of fixing float
switch.
3. Remove the float switch.
2 -2
Float switch
ƒ Drain pump
1. Remove the drain pan.
2. Remove the set screws (4 positions) of
fixing drain pump plate and main unit.
3. Remove the screws (3 positions) of
fixing drain pump plate and drain pump.
3 -2
Screws
(Fixing drain pump and main unit)
3 -3
Screws
(Fixing drain pump and drain plate)
– 181 –
15-3-2. Wireless Remote Control Kit
RBC-AX22CE2
No. Part name
Procedure
Remarks
P.C. board
1. Remove the signal receiving unit from
main unit.
2. Remove the set screw (1 position) and
P.C. board cover.
3. Remove the p.c. board.
1 -2
Screw
P.C. board cover
1 -3
– 182 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
16. CORD HEATER INSTALLATION WORK
This is on installation for 2 HP and 3 HP Products
(RAV-SM563AT-E, RAV-SM803AT-E, RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E).
In case of 4 HP or 5 HP, refer to this installation as reference.
16-1. Required parts for installation work (Recommendation)
The above products conform to RoHS (2002/95/EC). Therefore when procuring and using the following recom-
mended parts at local site, it is recommended to confirm each part conforms to RoHS before use.
No. Part name Q’ty
Specifications/Vendor
Remarks
1
2
Cord heater
Thermostat
1
1
Drain line heaters CSC2 (3.0m, 40W/m) by Flexelec com.
(Please go to the following URL.)
http://www.flexelec.com
Procured locally
US-622AXRLQE by ASAHI KEIKI
Operating temperature: on 4 ± 4°C, off 15 ± 3°C
Procured locally
A thermostat holder is incorporated with a thermostat in the package.
(Please go to the following URL.)
http://www.asahikeiki.co.jp/product/product.html
On self-responsibility, you can use a product manufactured by other
company (For example, Texas Instruments) if its characteristics are
equivalent to those of ASAHI KEIKI. However, when the shape of the
thermostat holder is different from that of ASAHI KEIKI, apply some
treatment to No.14 thermostat fixing plate and then fix the holder.
3
4
5
Fuse
1
1
ES3-5000, 250V / 5A by NAGASAWA Electric Co.
(Please go to the following URL.)
http://www.nagasawa-el.co.jp/
On self-responsibility, you can use a product manufactured by other
company if its characteristics are equivalent to those of NAGASAWA
Electric Co.
Procured locally
Procured locally
Procured locally
Fuse holder
GM1H-02 by NAGASAWA Electric Co.
(Please go to the following URL.)
http://www.nagasawa-el.co.jp/
On self-responsibility, you can use a product manufactured by other
company if its characteristics are equivalent to those of NAGASAWA
Electric Co.
P-shape
clamp
13 Use heat-resistance, weatherproof and non-hydrolytic type.
Material: 4-fluorinated ethylene copolymer
Harness diameter: Ø5.9
Use equivalence with the above specifications.
11 pieces are used to fix the cord heater to the outdoor unit base plate.
One piece is used to fix the power cord to the thermostat fixing plate.
One piece is used to fix the power cord to the terminal fixing plate.
6
P-shape
clamp
1
Use heat-resistance, weatherproof and non-hydrolytic type.
Material: 4-fluorinated ethylene copolymer
Procured locally
Harness diameter: Ø9.1
Use equivalence with the above specifications.
One piece is used to fix the cord heater to the outdoor unit base plate.
7
8
Screw
Screw
12 Self-tapping screw type-B Ø4 × 6mm, truss head, stainless
These screws are used to fix the cord heater to the outdoor unit base
plate with P-shape clamp.
Procured locally
Procured locally
4
Self-tapping screw type-B Ø4 × 8mm, truss head, stainless
Two screws are used to fix the thermostat fixing plate to the side cabinet (R).
One screw is used to fix the power cord to the thermostat fixing plate.
One screw is used to fix the power cord to the terminal fixing plate.
9
Screw
2
Self-tapping screw type-B Ø3.5 × 6mm, pan head
These screws are used to fix the thermostat to the thermostat fixing
plate with the thermostat holder.
Procured locally
10 Faston
2
2
#250 They are used for the connecting part to the thermostat.
UL sleeve for #250
Procured locally
Procured locally
11 Sleeve for
Faston
12 Close-end
connector
2
Use the most appropriate connector with the power cord diameter.
Procured locally
– 183 –
No.
Part name
Q’ty
1
Specifications/Vendor
2-cores x 0.75mm² or more, H05RN-F
Remarks
13 Power cord
Procured locally
14 Thermostat
fixing plate
1
Material: SGCC-Z08, Board thickness: 0.8t
Procured locally
(Drawing attached)
15 PVC tube
1
1
Inside diameter Ø8 x outside diameter Ø11 x 70 mm
Procured locally
Procured locally
16 Shield tube
Inside diameter Ø18 x outside diameter Ø26 x 70 mm
Material: Polyethylene foam
17 Bundling tie
1
Bundling tie for securing the wires
Material: 6/6 nylon
Procured locally
NOTE: The parts on the above table are recommended parts.
2. Required tools for installation work
No.
1
Part name
Plus screwdriver
Wrench
Specifications
Usage
It is used for disassembling and assembling of each cabinet.
2
It is used for disassembling and assembling of compressor fixing nuts.
3
Motor drill
Drill diameter:
Ø3.2 and Ø5.0
It is used to make the additional holes on the base or the side
cabinet (R).
4
5
Faston crimping tool Fixing jig for #250
Close-end connector
crimping tool
6
7
8
9
Cutting plier
Stripper
Cutter knife
Insulation tape
10 Metal-cutting shears
It is used to process the side cabinet (L).
– 184 –
3. Cord heater installation wiring diagram
L
N
Fuse
Thermostat
Cord heater
* Be sure to connect the fuse and the thermostat to LIVE side of the cord heater.
Outdoor unit
Earth leakage circuit breaker
Earth leakage circuit breaker
Power supply for air conditioner
Power supply for cord heater
NOTE:
Separate the cord heater power from the air conditioner power, and connect it to its exclusive breaker.
By doing so, the power consumption can be decreased because the breaker can be turned off if there is no
possibility of freezing of the base plate in cooling operation, etc.
When the cord heater power is connected to the inverter P.C. board assembly or others without connected to the
exclusive breaker, the control P.C. board of the inverter assembly may cause a failure.
When the cord heater has been mounted on a base plate, do not mount the water-proof cap and drain nipple
which are provided with the outdoor unit on the base plate.
– 185 –
4. Cord heater installation work procedure
No.
Photo / Explanatory diagram
Procedure
Remove each cabinet, inverter assembly, motor base assembly, and partition board assembly.
* Do not damage the electric parts such as cables, connectors, etc. while this work.
1
Remove the upper cabinet and the valve cover.
Upper cabinet
Related parts / Screws list
Used screw
Part name
Screw type
Quantity
1-1
Upper cabinet
Valve cover
Ø4 × 8
5
1
Ø4 × 1
Valve cover
Remove the front cabinet, the wiring cover and the
water-proof cover.
Water-proof
cover
Related parts / Screws list
Wiring cover
Used screw
Part name
1-2
Screw type
Quantity
Front cabinet
Wiring cover
Ø4 × 8
7
2
Ø4 × 8
Front cabinet
Remove the side cabinet (R/L) and the inverter
assembly.
Side cabinet (L)
Inverter assembly
Side cabinet (R)
Related parts / Screws list
Used screw
Part name
Screw type
Quantity
1-3
Side cabinet (R)
Side cabinet (L)
Inverter assembly
Ø4 × 8
7
3
1
Ø4 × 8
Ø4 × 8
Remove the inverter assembly.
Connector
No.
Connector
color
No.
Part name
TE sensor
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
CN600
CN601
CN602
CN603
CN701
CN700
CN300
White
White
White
White
Yellow
White
White
TD sensor
TO sensor
TS sensor
4-way valve coil
PMV coil
1-4
Fan motor
(Intermediate
connector)
8
9
Compressor lead
White
White
Reactor
(2 pieces.)
(Intermediate
connector)
– 186 –
No.
Photo / Explanatory diagram
Procedure
Remove the motor base assembly, partition plate
assembly and the sound insulation board.
Motor base
assembly
Related parts / Screws list
Partition plate
assembly
Used screw
Part name
Screw type
Quantity
1-5
Motor base assembly
(Including motor and fan)
Ø4 × 8
2
3
Sound
insulation board
Partition plate assembly
(Including reactor)
Ø4 × 8
Remove the fixing screws of the heat exchanger and the
valve fixing plate. Remove the compressor fixing bolt.
Valve fixing plate
Heat exchanger
Related parts / Screws list
Used screw
Part name
Screw type
Ø4 × 8
Ø4 × 8
bolt
Quantity
Heat exchanger
Valve fixing plate
Compressor
1
1
3
1-6
Compressor
As shown in the left figure, remove the set of refrigera-
tion cycle assembly from the outdoor unit base plate.
* In this time, work attentively so that the cycle pipes are
not damaged by dent or deformation. Apply protective
measures to pipes if necessary.
1-7
– 187 –
No.
Photo / Explanatory diagram
Cord heater installation work
Procedure
Drill a hole on the outdoor unit base plate, and fix the cord heater to the outdoor unit base plate using
P-shape clamp.
2
Connect the cord heater cables.
Using a motor drill, etc., drill Ø3.2 holes on the outdoor unit base plate.
See APPENDIX-1 and 2 for the additional hole positions.
2-1
These holes are used to fix the cord heater to the outdoor unit base plate with P-shape clamp.
Insert the PVC tube into the cord heater.
This tube is designed to protect the cord heater
from the fixing screws used to secure the
anchoring feet.
As shown in the left figure, install the cord
heater (1.5m) to the outdoor unit base plate by
using P-shape clamp and screws (Self-tapping
screw type-B Ø4 × 6mm, stainless).
The PVC tube must be inserted
into the cord heater between
the fixing screws in order to
protect the cord heater from
Pay attention to the direction of P-shape clamp
so that it is set to the same direction in the left
figure.
these screws.
* If the drain port is frozen due to installation
Under no circumstances must
the tube be allowed to ride over
the tip of the fixing screws.
PVC tube
Ø9.1 P-shape clamp
status, etc., draw around the cord heater so
that the end part of the heater is inserted into
the drain port. In this case, add some fixing
positions to fix the cord heater surely.
2-2
* The end part from the marked part of the cord
heater heats up. When there is the heating
part near the electric parts box, a fire may
generate. Be sure to set the heating part on
the outdoor unit base plate at the fan room
side or near it. (within 20cm from the outdoor
unit base plate)
* Be careful that the cord heater does not hit
the fan.
Fix the cord heater without any loosening or
sag.
Enlarged
marked part
Heating part
Drill a hole on the side cabinet (R) for fixing the
thermostat fixing plate.
Added hole 2-φ5
Ø5 hole at two positions
5
When drilling a hole on the side cabinet (R), be
sure not to damage the cabinet.
46
7
2-3
Side cabinet (R)
– 188 –
No.
Photo / Explanatory diagram
Procedure
Rework the side cabinet (L) to remove part of it.
Side cabinet (L)
The area to be removed is indicated by the
shaded lines in the left figure.
After removing part of the side cabinet (L), deburr
the edges of the side cabinet (L).
2-4
Delete
Perform end process and bundling of each cable.
Using fixing screws (Self-tapping screw type-B
Ø3.5 × 6mm), fix the thermostat to the thermostat
fixing plate.
Close-end connector
insulation tape
Thermostat
Perform end process for various lead cables and
connect them according to the wiring diagram.
Power cord
Attach #250 Faston and UL-approved sleeves
each to the end of lead cables which are con-
nected to the thermostat.
2-5
Using insulation tape, apply protective measures
to the connected parts by the close-end connec-
tors.
Cord heater
* Transparent
Thermostat
fixing plate
L side
Using P-shape clamp and the screws (Self-
tapping screw type-B Ø4 × 8mm), fix the power
cord to the thermostat fixing plate.
P-shape clamp
Fuse
Fuse holder
When the power cord size does not match with P-
shape clamp, procure the most appropriate one at
the local site.
– 189 –
No.
Photo / Explanatory diagram
Assembly
Procedure
Return a set of the refrigeration cycle assembly into the outdoor unit base plate and reassemble sound
insulation board, partition plate assembly, fan motor assembly, and side cabinet (R/L) as original. Fix the
thermostat fixing plate to the side cabinet (R), built in the inverter assembly, and then connect various
cables. After then, incorporate front cabinet, upper cabinet, wiring cover, and valve cover as before.
3
Return a set of the refrigeration cycle assembly into
the outdoor unit base plate, and assemble sound
insulation board, partition plate assembly, fan motor
assembly, and side cabinet (R/L) as original.
3-1
Using screws (Self-tapping screw type-B Ø4 × 8mm,
stainless), fix the thermostat fixing plate to the side
cabinet (R).
Thermostat fixing plate
Side cabinet (R)
3-2
After incorporating the inverter assembly as before,
furthermore perform cable process for cord heater
and power cord.
Do not make cord heater loose.
Do not put the heating part near the electric parts box.
For the cord heater, perform cable process so that
there is no looseness or sag at the fan side.
Perform cable process for collected
cord heater and fan motor lead cables.
Perform cable process for the cord heater together
with the fan motor lead cable, and collect the re-
mained part of cables at cable process part of the
inverter.
Secure the power cord for the cord heater to the
terminal block mounting plate using the P-shape
clamp, and pull it out from the wiring area of the side
cabinet (R).
P-shape
clamp
3-3
* Check that there is the marked part of the cord
heater on the outdoor unit base plate or near it.
Power cord for
cord heater
When there is the heating part near the electric
parts box, a fire may generate.
To keep the lead wires from coming into contact with the
edges of the sheet metal or tips of the screws, wrap the
shield tubes around the leads to protect them and use
the bundling ties to secure them.
Since the lead wires connected to the cord heater
and thermostat may come into contact with the edges
of the sheet metal or tips of the screws, wrap the
shield tubes around the leads to protect them and
use the bundling ties to secure them.
3-4 Incorporate front cabinet, upper cabinet, wiring cover, water-proof cover and valve cover as before.
In installation work, connect power cord for the cord heater to another breaker separated from one for
power cord of the air conditioner.
4
– 190 –
5. Drawing of thermostat fixing plate
37
2-Ø3.4 burring hole
(Upward)
18
11
11
11
18
3-Ø3.4 burring hole
(Downward)
45
Material: SGCC-Z08,Thickness: 0.8t
– 191 –
Revised : Mar. 2007
16-2. Base Plate
1. RAV-SM563AT-E, RAV-SM803AT-E
210
203
85
14
6.5
30
45
52
38
100
– 192 –
2. RAV-SM1103AT-E, RAV-SM1403AT-E,
RAV-SP562AT-E, RAV-SP802AT-E, RAV-SP1102AT-E, RAV-SP1402AT-E
312
237
138
73
67
55
10.5
7
1
141
145
271
271
290
206
245
296
– 193 –
WARNINGS ON REFRIGERANT LEAKAGE
Important
Check of Concentration Limit
NOTE 2 :
The room in which the air conditioner is to be
installed requires a design that in the event of
refrigerant gas leaking out, its concentration will not
exceed a set limit.
The standards for minimum room volume are as follows.
(1) No partition (shaded portion)
The refrigerant R410A which is used in the air
conditioner is safe, without the toxicity or combustibility of
ammonia, and is not restricted by laws to be imposed
which protect the ozone layer. However, since it contains
more than air, it poses the risk of suffocation if its
concentration should rise excessively. Suffocation from
leakage of R410A is almost non-existent. With the recent
increase in the number of high concentration buildings,
however, the installation of multi air conditioner systems
is on the increase because of the need for effective use
of floor space, individual control, energy conservation by
curtailing heat and carrying power etc.
(2) When there is an effective opening with the adjacent
room for ventilation of leaking refrigerant gas
(opening without a door, or an opening 0.15% or
larger than the respective floor spaces at the top or
bottom of the door).
Most importantly, the multi air conditioner system is able
to replenish a large amount of refrigerant compared with
conventional individual air conditioners. If a single unit of
the multi conditioner system is to be installed in a small
room, select a suitable model and installation procedure
so that if the refrigerant accidentally leaks out, its
concentration does not reach the limit (and in the event
of an emergency, measures can be made before injury
can occur).
In a room where the concentration may exceed the limit,
create an opening with adjacent rooms, or install
mechanical ventilation combined with a gas leak
detection device.
Outdoor unit
Refrigerant piping
Indoor unit
(3) If an indoor unit is installed in each partitioned room
and the refrigerant piping is interconnected, the
smallest room of course becomes the object. But
when a mechanical ventilation is installed interlocked
with a gas leakage detector in the smallest room
where the density limit is exceeded, the volume of
the next smallest room becomes the object.
The concentration is as given below.
Total amount of refrigerant (kg)
Min. volume of the indoor unit installed room (m³)
≤ Concentration limit (kg/m³)
Refrigerant piping
Outdoor unit
The concentration limit of R410A which is used in multi
air conditioners is 0.3kg/m³.
Very
small
Indoor unit
room
NOTE 1 :
Small
room
Medium
room
If there are 2 or more refrigerating systems in a single
refrigerating device, the amounts of refrigerant should be
as charged in each independent device.
Large room
Mechanical ventilation device - Gas leak detector
NOTE 3 :
The minimum indoor floor area compared with the
amount of refrigerant is roughly as follows:
(When the ceiling is 2.7m high)
Outdoor unit
e.g., charged
e.g.,
amount (10kg)
charged amount (15kg)
40
Range below the
35
m²
density limit
of 0.3 kg/m³
30
25
20
15
10
5
(countermeasures
not needed)
Room A Room B Room C Room D Room E Room F
Indoor unit
Range above
the density limit
of 0.3 kg/m³
(countermeasures
needed)
For the amount of charge in this example:
The possible amount of leaked refrigerant gas in
rooms A, B and C is 10kg.
The possible amount of leaked refrigerant gas in
rooms D, E and F is 15kg.
0
10
20
30
Total amount of refrigerant
kg
TOSHIBA CARRIER CORPORATION
2 CHOME 12-32, KONAN, MINATOKU, TOKYO, 108-0075, JAPAN
Copyright © 1999 to 2007 TOSHIBA CARRIER CORPORATION, ALL Rights Reserved.
|